SwissQual®...

QualiPoc
Handheld
Manual
Release 18.0

(ÜI_ÌJ)
7825476226
Manual

Version 18.0
The software contained in this product makes use of several valuable open source software packages. For information, see the
"Open Source Acknowledgment" on the user documentation CD-ROM (included in delivery).
Rohde & Schwarz would like to thank the open source community for their valuable contribution to embedded computing.

© SwissQual AG
Allmendweg 8, 4528 Zuchwil, Switzerland
Phone: +41 32 686 65 65
Fax:+41 32 686 65 66
E-mail: [email protected]
Internet: http://www.swissqual.com/
Printed in Germany – Subject to change – Data without tolerance limits is not binding.
R&S® is a registered trademark of Rohde & Schwarz GmbH & Co. KG.
Trade names are trademarks of the owners.
SwissQual has made every effort to ensure that eventual instructions contained in the document are adequate and free of errors and
omissions. SwissQual will, if necessary, explain issues which may not be covered by the documents. SwissQual’s liability for any
errors in the documents is limited to the correction of errors and the aforementioned advisory services.
Copyright 2000 - 2018 SwissQual AG. All rights reserved.
No part of this publication may be copied, distributed, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system, or translated into any
human or computer language without the prior written permission of SwissQual AG.
Confidential materials.
All information in this document is regarded as commercial valuable, protected and privileged intellectual property, and is provided
under the terms of existing Non-Disclosure Agreements or as commercial-in-confidence material.
When you refer to a SwissQual technology or product, you must acknowledge the respective text or logo trademark somewhere in
your text.
SwissQual®, Seven.Five®, SQuad®, QualiPoc®, NetQual®, VQuad®, Diversity® as well as the following logos are registered trade-
marks of SwissQual AG.
Diversity ExplorerTM, Diversity RangerTM, Diversity UnattendedTM, NiNA+TM, NiNATM, NQAgentTM, NQCommTM, NQDITM, NQTMTM,
NQViewTM, NQWebTM, QPControlTM, QPViewTM, QualiPoc FreeriderTM, QualiPoc iQTM, QualiPoc MobileTM, QualiPoc StaticTM, Quali-
Watch-MTM, QualiWatch-STM, SystemInspectorTM, TestManagerTM, VMonTM, VQuad-HDTM are trademarks of SwissQual AG.

7825476226 | Version 18.0 | SwissQual®...QualiPoc

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Contents

Contents
1 Introduction.......................................................................................... 13
1.1 QualiPoc Android Versions........................................................................................14
1.2 Service Tests............................................................................................................... 14
1.3 Device Support............................................................................................................14
1.4 Post-Processing Software..........................................................................................15
1.5 Related Documents.....................................................................................................15

2 Installing and Updating QualiPoc.......................................................16

2.1 Static Licensing...........................................................................................................16
2.1.1 Request the License Creating a License Context......................................................... 16
2.1.2 Update the License....................................................................................................... 17
2.1.3 Check for License Updates........................................................................................... 19
2.2 Licenses Borrowing....................................................................................................20
2.2.1 Requesting a Floating License......................................................................................21
2.2.2 Returning a Floating License........................................................................................ 24
2.3 GPS Configuration...................................................................................................... 26
2.4 Date and Time Configuration..................................................................................... 27
2.5 Updating QualiPoc Software......................................................................................27
2.6 Updating SQUAD.........................................................................................................30

3 Using QualiPoc.....................................................................................31
3.1 QualiPoc Workspace...................................................................................................31
3.1.1 Menus........................................................................................................................... 33
3.1.1.1 Main Menu.................................................................................................................... 33
Help Videos................................................................................................................... 33
3.1.1.2 Actions Menu................................................................................................................ 34
3.1.2 Cell Info Banner............................................................................................................ 35
3.1.3 Monitors........................................................................................................................ 37
3.1.3.1 Managing the Contents of a Monitor............................................................................. 39
Filtering the Contents of a Monitor................................................................................ 39
Customizing the Contents of a Monitor......................................................................... 40
3.1.3.2 Creating a Custom Monitor........................................................................................... 44
Adding a Monitor........................................................................................................... 44

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 3

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Contents

Copying and Pasting Monitor Configuration..................................................................49

3.1.3.3 Scanner Monitors.......................................................................................................... 51
3.1.3.4 Status and Log Monitors............................................................................................... 52
3.1.3.5 Test Monitor...................................................................................................................52
3.1.3.6 Technology Monitor....................................................................................................... 53
Data Monitors................................................................................................................54
Cells and Coverage Monitors........................................................................................55
LTE Technology and Download Monitors...................................................................... 56
3.1.3.7 Signaling Monitor.......................................................................................................... 60
3.1.3.8 IP Monitor......................................................................................................................62
3.1.3.9 Events Monitor.............................................................................................................. 63
3.1.3.10 Map Monitor.................................................................................................................. 68
Map Commands and Settings.......................................................................................68
Map Types.....................................................................................................................72
Using Layers................................................................................................................. 75
Tile Cache..................................................................................................................... 90
Changing the Map Location.......................................................................................... 94
Customizing Tracking Values........................................................................................ 95
BTS Settings and Information....................................................................................... 97
Location Service Settings............................................................................................101
3.1.3.11 Wi-Fi Monitor...............................................................................................................102
3.1.3.12 Wi-Fi Scan Monitor......................................................................................................103
3.1.3.13 IP Call Monitor.............................................................................................................105
Adding the IP Call Monitor.......................................................................................... 107
RTP Parameters..........................................................................................................107
SIP Messages............................................................................................................. 108
3.1.3.14 Site Acceptance Monitor............................................................................................. 109
Site Acceptance Test...................................................................................................109
Custom Monitors with Performance Parameters........................................................ 124
3.2 QualiPoc Settings..................................................................................................... 128
3.2.1 Map Settings............................................................................................................... 129
3.2.2 Signaling..................................................................................................................... 131
3.2.3 IP Monitor....................................................................................................................132

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 4

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Contents

3.2.4 Customization............................................................................................................. 133

3.2.4.1 Customizing a Workspace...........................................................................................133
3.2.4.2 Creating a Custom Monitor......................................................................................... 135
3.2.4.3 Customizing Measurement Filenames........................................................................137
Measurement File Options.......................................................................................... 140
Customizing the Measurement File List...................................................................... 140
3.2.5 Events......................................................................................................................... 141
3.2.6 Notifications.................................................................................................................141
3.2.7 Forcing........................................................................................................................ 142
3.2.7.1 Advanced Forcing....................................................................................................... 144
3.2.8 Unit Configuration....................................................................................................... 148
3.2.8.1 Operation Mode.......................................................................................................... 148
3.2.8.2 Unit Configuration....................................................................................................... 151
3.2.8.3 Results Files................................................................................................................152
Auto Compression.......................................................................................................152
Results Files Tagging / Upload....................................................................................152
3.2.8.4 Battery Options........................................................................................................... 152
3.2.9 Advanced Analysis Settings........................................................................................153
3.2.9.1 EVS Codec Support.................................................................................................... 156
3.2.10 Appearance.................................................................................................................156
3.2.11 Import/Export Configuration........................................................................................ 156
3.2.11.1 Exporting a Configuration File.....................................................................................157
3.2.11.2 Importing a Configuration File..................................................................................... 159
3.2.12 Text Markers................................................................................................................160
3.2.12.1 Creating Text Markers................................................................................................. 160
3.2.12.2 Importing Text Markers................................................................................................161
3.2.12.3 Adding Text Markers During a Measurement..............................................................162
3.2.13 Apps............................................................................................................................ 163
3.2.13.1 YouTube App Version..................................................................................................163
YouTube App Versions................................................................................................ 163
Google Play Services Requirements.......................................................................... 164
3.2.13.2 Ookla Speedtest App Version..................................................................................... 164
3.2.13.3 Line Version................................................................................................................ 164

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 5

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Contents

3.2.13.4 WhatsApp Version.......................................................................................................164

3.2.13.5 FCC Speed Test Version.............................................................................................165
3.2.13.6 Netflix Version............................................................................................................. 165
3.2.13.7 Instagram Version....................................................................................................... 165
3.2.14 Update QualiPoc Handheld.........................................................................................165
3.3 Creating and Running a Measurement Campaign................................................. 165
3.3.1 Forcing Options for Tests and Sessions......................................................................173
3.3.2 Stopping a Measurement Job..................................................................................... 174
3.3.3 Loading a Measurement Campaign............................................................................ 174
3.3.4 Battery Level and Disk Space Considerations............................................................ 174
3.4 Managing Measurement Results............................................................................. 175
3.4.1 Automatically Uploading Measurement Files to a Server........................................... 181
3.4.2 Exporting Survey Data................................................................................................ 183
3.4.3 iBwave Mobile............................................................................................................. 186
3.4.3.1 Importing an iBwave Floor Plan Into QualiPoc............................................................186
3.4.3.2 Exporting Survey Data from QualiPoc to iBwave Mobile Apps................................... 188
3.4.3.3 Exporting Scanner Data from QualiPoc to iBwave Mobile Apps.................................190

4 Using a Scanner................................................................................. 194

4.1 Connecting a Scanner.............................................................................................. 195
4.1.1 Connecting a TSMA Scanner to QualiPoc.................................................................. 195
4.1.2 Connecting to an IBflex Scanner.................................................................................197
4.2 Creating a Scan......................................................................................................... 199
4.2.1 IBflex Scanner Configuration Options......................................................................... 203
4.2.1.1 GSM Layer 3 Dwelling Time........................................................................................203
4.2.1.2 WCDMA Parameters...................................................................................................204
4.2.1.3 LTE Scan Configuration.............................................................................................. 205
LTE MIMO Data...........................................................................................................206
4.3 Recording and Transferring Scanner Data............................................................. 208
4.3.1 Collecting ROMES file.................................................................................................209
4.4 TSMA/PC Battery Consideration............................................................................. 209
4.5 Monitoring Scanner Data..........................................................................................210
4.5.1 Bar Chart Colors......................................................................................................... 213
4.5.2 Getting Scanner Results............................................................................................. 213

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 6

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Contents

4.5.3 Exporting Scanner Survey Data..................................................................................215

4.5.4 Monitoring the Battery Levels in a Scanner................................................................ 216
4.6 Exporting and Importing Scanner Configuration Profiles.....................................217
4.7 Automatic Channel Detection.................................................................................. 218
4.7.1 Creating an ACD Scan................................................................................................218
4.7.2 Monitoring ACD Scanner Data....................................................................................221
4.7.2.1 Updating the Scan Configuration................................................................................ 222
Using Scan Configuration Profiles.............................................................................. 224
4.7.3 Analyzing Automatic Channel Detection Data in NQDI...............................................225
4.8 Downlink Allocation Analysis (DLAA).....................................................................225
4.8.1 How Does DLAA Work?.............................................................................................. 226
4.8.2 Enabling and Monitoring DLAA................................................................................... 227
4.9 RF Power Scan.......................................................................................................... 230
4.9.1 Configuring the RF Power Scan..................................................................................230
4.9.2 Monitoring the RF Power Scan................................................................................... 232

5 QualiPoc Tests................................................................................... 235

5.1 Call Tests....................................................................................................................236
5.1.1 Double Ended Call...................................................................................................... 237
5.1.1.1 Supported Measurement Scenarios............................................................................238
5.1.1.2 Creating and Running the Campaign on a QualiPoc Phone.......................................239
Starting the Campaign on the QualiPoc Phone.......................................................... 248
Stopping the Campaign on the QualiPoc Phone.........................................................248
5.1.1.3 Creating and Running the Campaign in NQView........................................................ 249
Creating a Call Server in NQView .............................................................................. 249
Creating the Double Ended Call Measurement Task in NQView................................ 251
Starting the Measurement Task in NQView.................................................................255
5.1.2 Call to Answering Station............................................................................................ 255
5.1.3 Call to Any Number..................................................................................................... 256
5.1.4 WhatsApp App Call..................................................................................................... 256
5.1.4.1 Installation................................................................................................................... 256
5.1.4.2 Test Creation............................................................................................................... 256
5.2 Video Call Tests.........................................................................................................257
5.2.1 Video Double Ended Call............................................................................................ 259

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 7

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Contents

5.2.2 Video Call to Answering Station.................................................................................. 260

5.2.3 Video Call to Any Number........................................................................................... 262
5.2.4 Monitoring the Video Call............................................................................................ 262
5.2.5 Results in NQDI.......................................................................................................... 263
5.2.5.1 Video Call Setup in 3G................................................................................................ 263
5.2.5.2 Video Call Setup in ViLTE........................................................................................... 264
5.3 Streaming Tests.........................................................................................................265
5.3.1 DirecTV Now............................................................................................................... 265
5.3.1.1 Installing DirecTV Now................................................................................................265
5.3.1.2 Configuring DirecTV Now............................................................................................266
5.3.1.3 Monitoring DirecTV Now Streaming Test.................................................................... 267
5.3.1.4 Postprocessing the DirecTV Now Streaming Test...................................................... 268
5.3.2 Facebook Watch......................................................................................................... 269
5.3.3 Generic Video Test...................................................................................................... 277
5.3.3.1 Configuring Generic Video Test...................................................................................277
5.3.3.2 Monitoring Generic Video Test.................................................................................... 279
5.3.4 Netflix Streaming Test................................................................................................. 280
5.3.4.1 Installing Netflix App....................................................................................................281
5.3.4.2 Configuring Netflix Streaming Test..............................................................................282
5.3.4.3 Monitoring Netflix Streaming Test............................................................................... 284
5.3.4.4 Postprocessing the Netflix Streaming Test..................................................................286
5.3.5 YouTube Video............................................................................................................ 287
5.3.5.1 Download and Buffer Status........................................................................................291
5.3.5.2 Window Size............................................................................................................... 292
5.4 Data Transfer Tests................................................................................................... 293
5.4.1 FTP DL and FTP UL................................................................................................... 293
5.4.1.1 FTP Over SSL.............................................................................................................295
5.4.2 HTTP DL and HTTP UL.............................................................................................. 295
5.4.3 Capacity DL/UL........................................................................................................... 298
5.4.3.1 Monitoring Capacity DL/UL Test..................................................................................300
5.4.3.2 Postprocessing the Capacity DL/UL........................................................................... 302
5.4.4 Dropbox Transfer Test.................................................................................................303
5.4.4.1 Creating and Configuring a Dropbox Account.............................................................303

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 8

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Contents

5.4.4.2 Creating a Dropbox Test............................................................................................. 306

5.4.5 Ookla...........................................................................................................................310
5.4.5.1 Running an Ookla Test................................................................................................ 311
5.4.6 FCC SpeedTest...........................................................................................................312
5.4.6.1 Installing the FCC Speed Test Application.................................................................. 313
5.4.6.2 Configuring the FCC Speed Test Application..............................................................315
5.4.6.3 Monitoring the FCC Speed Test.................................................................................. 317
5.4.6.4 Analyzing the Results in NQDI....................................................................................318
5.5 Social Media Tests.................................................................................................... 319
5.5.1 Facebook Test.............................................................................................................319
5.5.1.1 Creating a Facebook App........................................................................................... 320
5.5.1.2 Creating a Facebook Test........................................................................................... 328
5.5.1.3 Monitoring a Facebook Test........................................................................................ 331
5.5.2 Browsing..................................................................................................................... 332
5.5.3 Instagram Test.............................................................................................................334
5.5.3.1 Instagram Installation.................................................................................................. 334
5.5.3.2 Instagram Account Creation........................................................................................335
5.5.3.3 Configure Instagram User Account on QualiPoc........................................................ 337
5.5.3.4 Creating Instagram Test.............................................................................................. 338
5.5.3.5 Monitoring Instagram Test...........................................................................................339
5.5.3.6 Postprocessing Instagram Test................................................................................... 340
5.6 Performance Tests.................................................................................................... 341
5.6.1 Ping............................................................................................................................. 341
5.6.2 Network Performance................................................................................................. 343
5.6.2.1 Network Performance Test Configuration................................................................... 344
5.6.2.2 Network Performance Test Monitoring........................................................................ 345
5.6.2.3 Network Performance Test Analysis........................................................................... 346
5.7 Messaging Tests........................................................................................................346
5.7.1 Line Test......................................................................................................................346
5.7.1.1 Supported Use Cases................................................................................................. 347
5.7.1.2 Installation................................................................................................................... 347
Installing...................................................................................................................... 347
Setting Up Line Profile................................................................................................ 349

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 9

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Contents

Adding a Friend in Line Application.............................................................................351

Limitations................................................................................................................... 353
5.7.1.3 Text Message, Photo and Sticker Tests...................................................................... 353
Basic Function.............................................................................................................353
Creating a Line Send Test...........................................................................................354
Line Receive Test........................................................................................................359
Postprocessing the Line Send and Line Receive Tests.............................................. 360
5.7.2 MMS Send and Receive............................................................................................. 363
5.7.3 SMS Send and Receive.............................................................................................. 364
5.7.4 Email Send and Receive.............................................................................................365
5.7.5 WhatsApp Test............................................................................................................ 365
5.7.5.1 Supported Use Cases................................................................................................. 366
5.7.5.2 Installation................................................................................................................... 366
Installing...................................................................................................................... 366
Setting Up WhatsApp Profile.......................................................................................368
Adding a Contact in WhatsApp Application.................................................................370
Configuring WhatsApp................................................................................................ 370
Limitations................................................................................................................... 371
5.7.5.3 Text Message and Photo Tests................................................................................... 372
Creating a WhatsApp Send Test................................................................................. 373
Creating a WhatsApp Receive Test............................................................................ 378
Recommendations...................................................................................................... 380
Post-processing the WhatsApp Send and Receive Tests........................................... 380
5.8 Other Tests.................................................................................................................384
5.8.1 Idle.............................................................................................................................. 384
5.9 Actions....................................................................................................................... 384
5.9.1 Answering................................................................................................................... 384
5.9.2 Video Answering......................................................................................................... 385
5.9.3 WhatsApp Answering..................................................................................................386
5.9.4 Upload.........................................................................................................................387
5.10 Sessions.................................................................................................................... 388

6 Measurement File Post-Processing................................................. 390

6.1 Measurement File Location......................................................................................390

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 10

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Contents

6.2 Replaying Results..................................................................................................... 391

6.3 Exporting Measurement Data.................................................................................. 392
6.4 Transferring the Measurement Files to a PC.......................................................... 393
6.5 iBwave Mobile........................................................................................................... 393
6.5.1 Importing an iBwave Floor Plan Into QualiPoc............................................................394
6.5.2 Exporting Survey Data from QualiPoc to iBwave Mobile Apps................................... 395
6.5.3 Exporting Scanner Data from QualiPoc to iBwave Mobile Apps.................................397
6.6 Exporting Survey Data for iBwave Design............................................................. 400
6.7 Replaying Measurement Files in NQView............................................................... 401
6.8 Analyzing Measurement Data with NQDI Classic.................................................. 402

Annex.................................................................................................. 404

A About LTE Carrier Aggregation........................................................ 404

B Answering Station for QualiPoc Handheld......................................407

B.1 Related Documents...................................................................................................407
B.2 Creating the Answering Station...............................................................................407
B.3 Modifying the Answering Station............................................................................ 415
B.3.1 Changing the Reference Sample for the Job.............................................................. 415
B.3.2 Restoring the Diversity Call Server............................................................................. 416
B.4 Measurement Files....................................................................................................417

C SwissQual Call Server....................................................................... 418

C.1 Introduction............................................................................................................... 418
C.1.1 Call Server Configurations.......................................................................................... 418
C.1.2 Related Documents.....................................................................................................418
C.2 Configuring the Call Server Offline......................................................................... 418
C.3 Configuring a Call Server in NQView...................................................................... 420
C.3.1 Verify the Call Server Configuration............................................................................ 424
C.4 Configuring a Smartphone as a B-side Device...................................................... 426
C.5 Configuring a Diversity Call Server.........................................................................427
C.5.1 Configuring an ISDN/PSTN Call Server......................................................................427
C.5.1.1 Configuring the Call Server in NQView....................................................................... 427
C.5.1.2 Configuring the Call Server Offline..............................................................................430
C.5.1.3 Adding ISDN/PSTN Devices With Diversity Supervisor..............................................432

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 11

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Contents

C.5.1.4 Verifying the ISDN/PSTN Call Server Configuration................................................... 435

C.5.2 Configuring a Mobile Call Server................................................................................ 437
C.5.2.1 Configuring a Mobile Call Server for QualiPoc Freerider III........................................ 437
C.5.2.2 Deleting a B-Side Device From a Mobile Call Server................................................. 441
C.5.2.3 Device States.............................................................................................................. 442
C.6 Installing a Software Hotfix on the Call Server...................................................... 442
C.7 Using the Call Server With Multiple Systems......................................................... 444

D Dropped Calls.....................................................................................445

E Fixed Duration Tests..........................................................................446

E.1 Introduction............................................................................................................... 446
E.1.1 Limitations................................................................................................................... 446
E.1.2 Related Documents.....................................................................................................446
E.2 TCP-Based KPIs........................................................................................................ 447
E.2.1 FTP KPIs.....................................................................................................................447
E.2.2 HTTP Transfer KPIs.................................................................................................... 447
E.2.3 Capacity KPIs..............................................................................................................447

F Customer Support Center................................................................. 448

Glossary..............................................................................................449

Index....................................................................................................460

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 12

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Introduction

1 Introduction
QualiPoc Handheld release 18.0 has been designed for handheld radio network optimi-
zation and quality assessment. This software supports a variety of devices and tech-
nologies including GSM, GPRS, EDGE, WCDMA, HSDPA, HSUPA and LTE. Due to
the ease of use, you can use QualiPoc to collect data and voice services statistics.

Figure 1-1: QualiPoc smartphone

QualiPoc fully supports Android motions and gestures as well as touch and double-tap-
ping.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 13

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Introduction
Device Support

1.1 QualiPoc Android Versions

SwissQual offers the following QualiPoc Handheld Android versions:
● Android RF: RF optimization and troubleshooting for scenarios where MOS testing
is not a consideration. This tool has been designed for indoor and outdoor use for
easy and fast data collection on various technologies. Android RF is ideal for field
engineers who perform daily tasks such as site verification and commissioning,
troubleshooting, and optimization.
QualiPoc Android RF is also available in a Lite version, which does not save the
results to a measurement file.
● Android QA: Combines the functionality of Android RF with MOS quality testing
algorithms such as SQuad, ITU-T P.863 (POLQA), and ITU-T P.501 (POLQA).
Android QA is a mobile network quality assessment tool that has been designed to
allow you to easily evaluate the quality of services, such as voice calls, while pro-
viding the RF parameters and application layer information that are crucial to trou-
bleshooting.

1.2 Service Tests

QualiPoc Handheld includes the following test functionality:
● "Call Tests"
● "Video Call Tests"
● "Streaming Tests"
● "Data Transfer Tests"
● "Social Media Tests"
● "Performance Tests"
● "Messaging Tests"

1.3 Device Support

QualiPoc Handheld is available for several smartphone and tablet models that run on
Android OS.
● A complete list of supported devices is available on GLORIS.
● A complete list of end-of-support (EOS) devices is available on the 18.0 Release
Notes.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 14

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Introduction
Related Documents

1.4 Post-Processing Software

SwissQual offers the following NetQual PC-based products for the post-processing of
QualiPoc measurement files:
● NetQual NQView: Replay tool for post processing data from a QualiPoc device.
● NetQual NQDI: Database based post-processing tool with in-depth data analysis,
mapping, and reporting functionality. This tool is useful for mass data post process-
ing on files from a fleet of QualiPoc units.

1.5 Related Documents

For a description of the new features, supported devices, and highlights of the 18.0
release, see the Release Notes.
● Manual - QualiPoc Freerider II.pdf
● Manual - QualiPoc Freerider III.pdf
● Manual - QualiPoc Android Probe.pdf
● Application Note - Facebook Test.pdf
● White Paper - Cloud Storage Service Testing for Dropbox.pdf
● Manual - NetQual - NQView.pdf
● Manual - NQDI.pdf

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 15

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Installing and Updating QualiPoc
Static Licensing

2 Installing and Updating QualiPoc

QualiPoc arrives pre-installed on a supported smartphone. SwissQual has modified the
firmware and the Android operating system to enable the full feature set of the Quali-
Poc application. The first start is also part of the delivery.
Before you can use QualiPoc, ensure that you have done the following:
● Read the 18.0 Release Notes before you use QualiPoc and also before you update
the software.
● Have a valid licence key / Register the QualiPoc unit in SmartLicenser to use float-
ing licenses.
If you do not have this key, please contact our support center.
To learn how to borrow licenses from SmartLicenser, refer to Chapter 2.2, "Licen-
ses Borrowing", on page 20. For more information on SmartLicenser, refer to
Manual - SmartLicenser.pdf.
● If you want to add speech testing features to your installation, please contact our
support center.
● Copy the Upload folder
from ...\Install Package for QualiPoc Android\References to the
QualiPoc devices under \QualiPoc\References

Please consult Chapter F, "Customer Support Center", on page 448 for the best
method to contact us.

2.1 Static Licensing

This section describes how to:
● Request the License Creating a License Context................................................... 16
● Update the License................................................................................................. 17
● Check for License Updates..................................................................................... 19

2.1.1 Request the License Creating a License Context

If no valid WIBU license is available, execute the following procedure:

1. Touch "Licenses" under "About" menu.

2. Touch the icon, and then touch "Create license context" (1):

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 16

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Installing and Updating QualiPoc
Static Licensing

Figure 2-1: Create license context

It generates a <IMEI>.WibuCmRaC file, stored in

\QualiPoc\Settings\License folder.

3. Send the file to your contact at SwissQual for the generation of the license.

2.1.2 Update the License

Your contact at SwissQual sent you an <IMEI>.WibuCmRaU file. Execute the following
procedure for updating the license:

1. Copy the file in \QualiPoc\Settings\License folder.

2. Open QualiPoc application.

3. Touch "Licenses" under "About" menu.

4. Touch the icon, and then touch "Update license" (1):

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 17

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Installing and Updating QualiPoc
Static Licensing

Figure 2-2: Update license

"Expiry date" and "Maintenance period" information is displayed (2).

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 18

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Installing and Updating QualiPoc
Static Licensing

Follow Chapter 2.1.1, "Request the License Creating a License Context", on page 16
and Chapter 2.1.2, "Update the License", on page 17, each time you have to update
the license, e.g. if you want to add functionalities that require a license.
If you try to start a campaign containing a test whose license is expired, the following
error message is displayed:

Figure 2-3: License check failed

2.1.3 Check for License Updates

As an alternative to the previous methods, i.e., creating a license context and updating
the license, you can check if licenses (created for you by SwissQual support) are avail-
able for your QualiPoc device.

1. Touch "Licenses" under "About" menu.

2. Touch the icon, and then touch "Check for license updates" (1).

3. Select the ticket (containing the licenses) you want to apply (2).

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 19

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Installing and Updating QualiPoc
Licenses Borrowing

Figure 2-4: Check for license updates

2.2 Licenses Borrowing

In QualiPoc, touch the overflow icon , and then touch "About > Licenses". QualiPoc
lists the available licenses on the three following tabs:
● "Static licenses": contains the list of permanent licenses already in use on the
QualiPoc unit .
● "Floating licenses": contains the list of floating licenses you are using.
● "SmartLicenser": contains the list of items available—but excluding the ones that
are already assigned to you—in the licenses' pool you are assigned to.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 20

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Installing and Updating QualiPoc
Licenses Borrowing

QualiPoc changes the color of the items' labels depending on the license status, e.g.,
red when a floating license item is expired and not returned yet, black when you can
request the floating license or light gray when the item is already licensed as a static
license:

Figure 2-5: License item label's color

To refresh the tabs, either swipe down or touch refresh icon .

2.2.1 Requesting a Floating License

To request a floating license, follow this procedure:

1. In QualiPoc, touch the overflow icon , and then touch "About > Licenses".

2. Switch to "SmartLicenser" tab.

3. Long touch one of the available license items (1) and touch download icon (2).

4. Select the license validity period (3) and touch "Request" (4):

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 21

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Installing and Updating QualiPoc
Licenses Borrowing

Figure 2-6: License request

Note: The license pool administrator can approve the license request for a different
period than the requested one.
5. The request is pending until the license pool administrator approves or rejects it.
QualiPoc displays:

Figure 2-7: Pending license request

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 22

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Installing and Updating QualiPoc
Licenses Borrowing

Note: You can close this window. QualiPoc checks the approved licenses accord-
ing to the synchronization interval. A clock icon is displayed besides the requested
floating license, until the license pool administrator approves it.

Figure 2-8: Pending license request information

If the license pool administrator enables the "Auto approve" function for the corre-
sponding units' pool, the request is immediately approved: refer to
Manual - SmartLicenser.pdf.

6. When the license pool administrator approves the license, the license gets activa-
ted:

Figure 2-9: Activating license on QualiPoc

"Floating Licenses" tab displays the item with its expiry date:

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 23

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Installing and Updating QualiPoc
Licenses Borrowing

Figure 2-10: Approved license request

For more information on the license approval in SmartLicenser, refer to

Manual - SmartLicenser.pdf.

2.2.2 Returning a Floating License

A floating license returns to SmartLicenser after it expires. QualiPoc performs a valida-

tion when a campaign starts and displays the following panel if the license check fails:

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 24

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Installing and Updating QualiPoc
Licenses Borrowing

Figure 2-11: License check on campaign start

To return a floating license before the expiry date, follow this procedure:

1. In QualiPoc, touch the overflow icon , and then touch "About > Licenses".

2. Switch to "Floating Licenses" tab.

3. Long touch the license you want to return (1) and touch upload icon (2).

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 25

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Installing and Updating QualiPoc
GPS Configuration

Figure 2-12: Returning a license

SmartLicenser applies a minimum borrow period of 24 hours to any assigned license,

even to licenses returned before the first 24 hours after assignment.

2.3 GPS Configuration

QualiPoc can use the internal GPS of the smartphone or an external Bluetooth GPS to
log the current location and display this location on the outdoor mapping monitor.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 26

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Installing and Updating QualiPoc
Updating QualiPoc Software

● Ensure that you enable the internal GPS on the phone if you want to use this
option.
● If you want to use an external GPS device, go to system settings of the phone,
touch "Developer options" and then touch "Allow mock locations"

Figure 2-13: Allow mock locations

You can pair a Bluetooth GPS device with the phone and then select the device in the
"Map" settings. In this case you can disable the internal GPS to save battery power.

2.4 Date and Time Configuration

To ensure that the measurement tests run correctly, you need to disable the automatic
date and time update feature on the phone, for example, touch "Settings > Date &
Time > Automatic", and ensure that the automatic option is greyed out.

2.5 Updating QualiPoc Software

You can update QualiPoc through a mobile or a Wi-Fi network as well as a USB con-
nection.

To update QualiPoc through a mobile or Wi-Fi network

1. Touch the menu icon at the top of the screen and touch "About".

2. Touch "Update" (1) and then, "Update QualiPoc now" (2).

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 27

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Installing and Updating QualiPoc
Updating QualiPoc Software

3. Touch a version in the list (3), and then touch "OK". Wait for the installation to be
completed:

Figure 2-14: Over-the-air update

The current version number is displayed under "Update QualiPoc now"

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 28

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Installing and Updating QualiPoc
Updating QualiPoc Software

Figure 2-15: QualiPoc current version

Note: QualiPoc supports the "OTA" update (to new versions only) within the same
release even if the maintenance period expired.
If you do not have the "Update" option, contact our support center.
Please consult Chapter F, "Customer Support Center", on page 448 for the best
method to contact us.

To update QualiPoc through a USB connection

1. Connect your phone to your computer with a USB cable.

2. On your phone, select the "USB connected" option.

3. Copy the *.apk file onto your phone, for example, copy the file to [sdcard]/
QualiPoc/.

4. Disconnect the phone from your PC.

5. Open a file manager on the phone and go to the folder that contains the *.apk
update file.

6. Start the update application and follow the instructions.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 29

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Installing and Updating QualiPoc
Updating SQUAD

If you cannot run the application, go to the system settings of the phone, touch "Secur-
ity", and then enable the "Unknown Sources" option.

2.6 Updating SQUAD

You have to install SQuad08-Android-18.0.x.x.apk if you work with Android QA.

To update SQUAD
1. Launch QualiPoc.

2. Touch the menu icon at the top of the screen and touch "About > Update".

3. Touch "Update SQUAD" (1). Wait for the installation to be completed:

Figure 2-16: Update SQUAD

Note: Alternatively, copy the SQuad08-Android-18.0.x.x.apk file on the

device and install the package manually.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 30

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

3 Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc makes full use of the smartphone touch functionality so you can easily switch
between the monitors, zoom in or out in the map monitors, and scroll easily. The appli-
cation also has a toolbar, which you can use to access a variety of functions.

For a description of the types of measurement campaigns that you can create in Quali-
Poc, see Chapter 5, "QualiPoc Tests", on page 235.

► To start QualiPoc, touch "Apps", and then touch the QualiPoc icon.

Figure 3-1: QualiPoc icon

3.1 QualiPoc Workspace

Figure 3-2: Main workspace

The main QualiPoc workspace consists of the following elements:

● Cell information banner at the top of the screen
● Action bar at the top of the screen with the following items:

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 31

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

– Actions menu
– Main menu
● Navigation bar that contains the monitors for your measurements, for example, the
"Status" monitor
● Context menu that contains commands that are specific to the screen or Quali-
Poc monitor you are in

Figure 3-3: Customize monitor

If you want to customize the workspace, see Chapter 3.2.4.1, "Customizing a Work-
space", on page 133.
For more information on the menus, see Chapter 3.1.1, "Menus", on page 33.

► To view detailed information of a parameter on a monitor, for example, "MaxTx-

Power" or "RSSI", touch the parameter.

Figure 3-4: LTE monitor and detailed information

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 32

 SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

3.1.1 Menus

3.1.1.1 Main Menu

The main QualiPoc commands are available through the menu icon at the top of the
screen as well as the physical menu button of the device .

Figure 3-5: Main menu

Table 3-1: Description of the items on the Main menu

Item Description

"Campaigns" Create and run measurement campaigns

"Device Manager" Add or select a device, for example, a Bluetooth GPS receiver or a scanner.

"Results" Manage, upload, or replay measurement results

"Settings" Configure basic QualiPoc settings, such as "Operational Mode".

"Help" Contains instructional videos

This menu item is only available after you manually copy the videos to your device. For more infor-
mation, see "Help Videos" on page 33.

"About" Opens a screen where you can view information about QualiPoc or update QualiPoc

"Exit" Quits the application

Help Videos
SwissQual provides optional instructional videos that you can either download when
you start QualiPoc.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 33

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

Figure 3-6: Download Help videos

► To access the "Help" menu, touch Menu , touch "Help", and then touch the video
that you want to watch.

Figure 3-7: QualiPoc Help videos

3.1.1.2 Actions Menu

You can access the Actions menu with the down arrow at the top of the screen.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 34

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

Figure 3-8: Actions menu

The toolbar allows you to quickly perform the following actions when you monitor a
test.
Table 3-2: Description of the icons on the QualiPoc main toolbar

Icon Name Description

"Forcing" Enables static forcing.

This option is disabled when a measurement campaign is running, if a
forcing is set in the measurement campaign.
If no forcing is set in the measurement campaign, forcing can be set on
the fly, even if a measurement campaign is running.
To configure forcing in a measurement campaign, see Chapter 3.3,
"Creating and Running a Measurement Campaign", on page 165.

"Freeze" Freezes the monitors until you touch the icon again.

"Screenshot" Captures the screen and saves the image on the SD card (in the
QualiPoc/Results folder) in *.PNG format. If you are in recording or
testing mode, the screenshot is added to the MF file.

"Add text marker" Adds a text marker to the measurement file.

This option is only available during a live measurement, that is,
"Recording" mode.
For more information, see Chapter 3.2.12, "Text Markers",
on page 160.

"Add photo marker" Captures a photograph with the phone camera and saves the photo-
graph on the SD card in the QualiPoc/Results folder. If you are in
recording or testing mode, the photo marker is added to the MF file.
Not supported in Freerider II or Freerider III mode.

3.1.2 Cell Info Banner

The Cell Info banner is at the top of the screen and displays the values that you select.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 35

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

Figure 3-9: Cell Info banner

To customize the Cell Info banner

1. Touch and hold the Cell Info banner.

Figure 3-10: Info banner

2. To change the title values, touch "Customize title values".

a) Touch the selected parameter or parameters that you want to replace.

Figure 3-11: Title values in Cell Info banner

b) Swipe to the screen that contains the parameter that you want to add, for
example, "Network Info", and touch the parameter(s).
c) Touch "Done" at the top of the screen, and then touch "Save".
Note:
● To restore the default selections, touch the overflow menu , and touch
"Restore defaults".
● You can only have two title values.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 36

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

3. To change values that appear on the banner, touch "Customize banner values" in
Figure 3-10.
a) If the list contains 16 values, touch the selected parameters that you want to
replace.
b) Swipe to the screen that contains the parameter that you want to add, for
example, "Network Info", and touch the parameter(s).

Figure 3-12: Customizing a Cell Info banner

c) Touch "Done" at the top of the screen, and then touch "Save".
Note:
● To restore the default selections, touch the overflow menu , and touch
"Restore defaults".
● The banner can display a maximum of 16 values.

3.1.3 Monitors

The QualiPoc workspace has several customizable monitors where you can follow
your measurements. You can change the layout of the monitors, add or remove param-
eters as well as add or remove monitors.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 37

 SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

Figure 3-13: QualiPoc monitors on navigation bar

Table 3-3: Description of the default monitors that are available in QualiPoc

Monitor Description

"Scanner" Displays scanner information if a scanner is connected to the QualiPoc device

"Status" Includes general information about the operator, technology, GPS, and general test results statistics

"Log" Provides test execution information

Test Displays the summary of the on-going tests including KPI bar chart

"Technology" Displays detailed information of the data technology that the QualiPoc device is currently using, for
example, LTE and WCDMA

"Download" Displays information about the current download

"Upload" Displays information about the current upload

"Cells" Provides an overview of serving and neighbor cells status and coverage. The content of this monitor
depends on the main technology that the mobile phone is connected to

"Coverage" Displays serving and neighbor cell coverage. The content of this monitor depends on the main technol-
ogy that the mobile phone is connected to

"Signaling" Displays a list of signaling headers including the option to decode each signaling message

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 38

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

Monitor Description

"IP" Displays the HTTP, FTP, TCP, DNS and ICMP messages that have been captured including the option
to decide the messages

"Events" Displays a list of voice and data call related events as well as Wi-Fi scanning results

"Notifications" Displays relevant notifications

"Map" Displays the current position, route and BTS information on a map based on Google maps, Open
Street Map, and several other map tile providers

"Wi-Fi" Displays information about the Wi-Fi network that the QualiPoc device is connected to

"Wi-Fi Scan" Displays information about the scanned Wi-Fi networks within range of the QualiPoc device, including
the one the device is connected to

"IP Call" Displays information for voice over IP calls

Site Acceptance Permits to configure and start a site acceptance test

► To change between monitors, swipe the screen.

3.1.3.1 Managing the Contents of a Monitor

You can filter and customize the contents of any QualiPoc monitor.

Filtering the Contents of a Monitor

► To filter the contents of a monitor, touch the search icon , and enter the search
term.

Figure 3-14: Search options

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 39

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

Note: To specify additional filters, touch the context menu , and then touch "Set-
tings".

► To clear the contents of a monitor, touch the context menu , and then touch
"Clear".

Customizing the Contents of a Monitor

You can quickly customize the contents of monitors in QualiPoc.

The amount of customization depends on the monitor that you are in.

► To customize a monitor, touch the context menu at the top of the monitor and
touch "Customize".

Figure 3-15: Customize monitor

► To add and remove items, touch the check boxes in front of the items.

Figure 3-16: Add or remove items from a monitor

Tip: Swipe to move to the next list of parameters.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 40

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

► To rearrange the list, drag the rearrange icon next to the name of the item up or
down in the list.

Radio Technology Options

The "Display Technology" icon allows you to specify the technology to observe in the
various monitors.

This option is not the same as technology "Forcing". For more information, see Chap-
ter 3.2.7, "Forcing", on page 142.

To specify the technology to observe

1. Touch on "Cells" monitor

2. Touch "Display Technology"

Figure 3-17: Display technology

3. Select the technology among the following list:

● "Auto"
● "LTE"
● "WCDMA"
● "GSM"
● "CDMA"
● "EVDO"

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 41

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

Figure 3-18: Available technologies

The "Auto" option populates the monitors with information from the radio technol-
ogy that is currently available.
"Display Technology" icon is green when the selection is different than "Auto"

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 42

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

Figure 3-19: Display technology green icon

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 43

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

When the workspace contains multiple monitors, a different technology can be defined
for each one of them.

Figure 3-20: Multiple cells monitors displaying different technology

Use this functionality in multiple frame monitors to check technologies during handover.

3.1.3.2 Creating a Custom Monitor

Adding a Monitor

To add a monitor
1. Touch the shortcut menu icon at the top of the navigation bar and touch "Add
Monitor".

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 44

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

Figure 3-21: Add monitor

2. In the "Select monitor" list, touch a monitor, for example, "Technology".

Figure 3-22: Select monitor

Note: If you copied a monitor configuration, the configuration appears at the top of
the list, for example, "RSRP (Copied)". For a description on how to copy a monitor
configuration, see "Copying and Pasting Monitor Configuration" on page 49:.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 45

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

Figure 3-23: RSRP (Copied)

If you have already created a custom monitor, this monitor appears at the bottom of
the list, for example, "CPU". For a description on how to create a custom monitor,
see "To create a custom monitor" on page 135:

Figure 3-24: Custom monitor: "CPU"

3. On the "Add layout", touch the layout that you want to use.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 46

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

Figure 3-25: Add layout

Figure 3-26: Edit layout

Note: The single pane layout creates a monitor that displays parameters at the top
and a real-time chart at the bottom. The multi-pane options allow you to add up to
three monitors.
4. To rename the monitor, touch the name, and enter the new name.

5. To select a custom icon for the monitor, touch the X beside the monitor name, and
touch an icon.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 47

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

Figure 3-27: Pick new icon

6. To change the color of the navigation bar icon for the monitor, touch the box beside
the name of the monitor, and touch a color.

Figure 3-28: Pick icon color

7. Touch "OK"

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 48

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

Figure 3-29: Custom monitor layout

Note: You can also change the name of the monitor as well as the color of the
monitor icon, for example, green.

Copying and Pasting Monitor Configuration

You can copy and paste a monitor configuration from the detailed chart view of a value
that you touch on an existing monitor.

To copy and paste a monitor configuration

1. Open a monitor, for example, the "Technology" monitor in an LTE network.

2. Touch a value on the monitor, for example, "RSRP (PCC)".

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 49

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

Figure 3-30: RSRP value on LTE monitor

3. Touch the Duplicate icon .

Figure 3-31: RSRP chart

4. For the remaining steps, see "Adding a Monitor" on page 44.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 50

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

Figure 3-32: RSRP (Copied)

3.1.3.3 Scanner Monitors

The scanner monitor displays real-time scanner measurements:

Figure 3-33: Scanner monitors

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 51

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

For a more detailed description, refer to Chapter 4.5, "Monitoring Scanner Data",
on page 210.

3.1.3.4 Status and Log Monitors

The "Status" and "Log" monitors provide general information about the current Quali-
Poc status and active tests. The status monitor displays information about the network
in use, GPS position, and test results. The Log monitor lists the actions that are per-
formed by the active engine, which runs the test.

Figure 3-34: Status and Log monitors

3.1.3.5 Test Monitor

QualiPoc displays results in the form of KPIs and statistics. KPIs are test-dependent,
for example the call setup time for a call to any number test and throughput for an
HTTP transfer test. Statistics represent the number of successfully completed tests as
well as average, minimum, and maximum KPI results.
QualiPoc updates the monitor in real time.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 52

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

Figure 3-35: Test monitor

3.1.3.6 Technology Monitor

The "Technology" monitor automatically displays the information that is relevant to the
technology in use. For example, when the smartphone performs a GSM to WCDMA
handover, the WCDMA monitor automatically replaces the GSM monitor.
This monitor displays information for the following technologies:
● "LTE"
● "WCDMA"
● "GSM"
● "CDMA"
● "EVDO"

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 53

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

Figure 3-36: Technology monitors

Data Monitors
QualiPoc automatically displays the relevant technology information in the data moni-
tors when LTE DL, LTE UL, HSDPA, HSUPA, GPRS/EDGE.

Where available, these monitors also contain PDP context information, that is, APN, IP
address and NSAPI (only for GSM).

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 54

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

Figure 3-37: Data monitors

Cells and Coverage Monitors

The "Cells" and "Coverage" monitors display the neighbor cells as well as the related
RF parameters so that you can monitor re-selections and handovers. QualiPoc also
provides a line chart representation of the serving cell and neighbor cell signal levels.
The neighbor cell data is displayed as thin lines and the serving cell data as thicker
lines.

Figure 3-38: Cells and Coverage Monitors

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 55

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

LTE Technology and Download Monitors

► To monitor LTE data, Touch the "Technology" monitor icon .

Note:
When QualiPoc is "Idle", the "Number of carriers DL" is set to 1. When a running
task uses carrier aggregation, the "Carrier Aggregation DL" is set to "Active" and
the number of carriers is shown. The carrier aggregation icon in the upper right cor-
ner is visible for 30 seconds after the last carrier aggregation activity.
When carrier aggregation data becomes available, QualiPoc displays a "Carrier
aggregation" message when you open the "Technology" monitor.

Figure 3-39: Carrier aggregation

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 56

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

● To specify the carrier data to display, touch the "Carrier Aggregation" icon ,
and then touch a carrier.

LTE DL Monitor
The "LTE DL" monitor contains LTE download data information, that is, throughputs,
resource block count, modulation, and so on.

► To monitor LTE data, Touch the "Download" monitor icon .

Figure 3-40: LTE Technology monitor

► To filter PCC, SCC, SCC-2/3/4, or Sum/Average values, touch the "Carrier Aggre-
gation" icon when carrier aggregation becomes available.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 57

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

Figure 3-41: Carrier aggregation values on LTE DL monitor

QualiPoc automatically groups the carrier aggregation values on the "LTE DL"
according to he carriers that you select, for example, "PCC".

► Touch a value to view more details, for example, in a chart. Then, touching the
overflow menu icon, switch between "Line chart" (1) and "Bar chart" (2):

Figure 3-42: BLER chart

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 58

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

For more details about LTE carrier aggregation, refer to Chapter A, "About LTE Carrier
Aggregation", on page 404.

About MCS Index

The modulation and coding scheme (MCS) index is a value received every millisecond;
QualiPoc displays the average value of this index over a 500 ms period. QualiPoc dis-
plays the value for the primary—and if there is LTE carrier aggregation, the secondary
—component carrier, respectively:
● "MCS Index (PCC)"
● "MCS Index (SCC-1)"
QualiPoc displays the modulation scheme in parenthesis:

Figure 3-43: MCS Index on LTE DL monitor

The following table defines the mapping between the modulation scheme and the MCS
index:
Table 3-4: Mapping between modulation scheme and MCS index

256QAM is enabled 256QAM is not enabled

MCS index < 5 QPSK MCS index < 10 QPSK

MCS index < 11 16QAM MCS index < 17 16QAM

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 59

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

256QAM is enabled 256QAM is not enabled

MCS index < 20 64QAM MCS index >= 17 64QAM

MCS index >= 20 256QAM

About MIMO 4x4

QualiPoc supports MIMO 4x4.
Both "LTE" (1) and "LTE DL" (2) tabs display the parameters' values from all four
antennas, if available:
● RSRP
● RSRQ
● RSSI
● SINR
● Rank indicator

Figure 3-44: Support of MIMO 4x4 on LTE and LTE DL tabs

3.1.3.7 Signaling Monitor

The "Signaling" monitor is a list monitor that displays the header information of signal-
ing messages. You can disable protocol or message group items in the monitor set-

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 60

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

tings. QualiPoc writes the signaling information to the measurement file independent of
the filter settings. You can also view detailed signaling information in a pop-up window.

Figure 3-45: Signaling monitor

QualiPoc updates the monitor in real time.

► To view the contents of a signaling message, touch a header in the list.

► To save the contents of a signaling message, touch and hold the screen, and then
touch "Save".
QualiPoc saves the file in the following location: /mnt/sdcard/QualiPoc/
Layer3 messages

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 61

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

Figure 3-46: Saving signaling messages

3.1.3.8 IP Monitor

The "IP trace" monitor is a list monitor that displays header information from HTTP,
FTP, TCP, DNS and ICMP packages. If you want, you can disable protocol items in the
monitor settings. You can also specify a text filter to customize what you see on the
monitor.
QualiPoc updates the monitor in real time.

► Touch an item on the screen to view the decoded package.

QualiPoc writes the HTTP, FTP, TCP, DNS and ICMP packages to the MF inde-
pendent of the filter settings.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 62

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

Figure 3-47: IP monitors

3.1.3.9 Events Monitor

The "Events" monitor lists and notifies all most important events, for example Call
States, that QualiPoc traces during the tests.
QualiPoc assigns each event a unique index number and displays events in the follow-
ing locations:
● "Events" monitor

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 63

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

Figure 3-48: Events monitor

● "Map" monitor

Figure 3-49: Events on map monitor

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 64

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

● Line charts: QualiPoc displays all events for which you enable "Charts" (under
"Notification properties") as a marker line on those charts.

Figure 3-50:

● Android notifications: The latest event having "Notification" (under "Notification

properties") shows up as an Android notification.

On "Events" monitor, you can switch between list and table view, by touching the fol-
lowing icon (1)

Figure 3-51: Switch from list to table and conversely

By touching Settings under "Events" monitor, or Events, directly from "QualiPoc Set-
tings", define multiple event profiles and select the active profile.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 65

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

Figure 3-52: Define event profile

By touching the overflow icon on the settings screen, you can:

● "Duplicate event profile"
● "Rename event profile"
● "Delete event profile"
● "Reset event profile"

Figure 3-53: Event profile options

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 66

 SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

The following table lists the event specifications and notification properties:
Table 3-5: Event specifications

Define event specification Event types

"Signaling message":
● "Protocol discriminator", e.g., "LTE RRC" or "IMS SIP"
● "Message type prefix", e.g., "CCCH" or "INVITE"
● "Message type", e.g., "RRCConnectionReject" or
"Response: 403 Forbidden"
● "Direction": "Uplink", "Downlink" or "Unknown"

"Monitored parameter":
● "Monitored parameter": Any customizable parameter
● "Condition", e.g., "Equals"
● "Argument": value to compare

"Marker":
● "Marker Type", e.g., "Call Marker", "Info Marker", "Text
Marker", "Photo Marker", "Screenshot", "Waypoint"
● "Marker message"

"Test result"
● "Test KPI Type", e.g., "Call status" or "Call cause"
● "Condition", e.g., "Equals"
● "Argument": value to compare
● "Test Type": a list of accepted test types
● "Technology": a list of accepted technologies

For each event, define the "Notification properties":

● "Color"
● "Repeats"
● "Map"
● "Charts"
● "Notification"
● "Sound"
● "Vibration"
● "Forward"

The "Event values" consists of:

● A list of common values that QualiPoc saves for each event and displays on the
"Events" monitor table view.
● In addition, a customizable list of technology-dependent values.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 67

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

Figure 3-54: Event values

QualiPoc stores event settings under \sdcard\QualiPoc\Databases\.

3.1.3.10 Map Monitor

The "Map" monitor displays your measurements on outdoor maps or indoor floor plans.

Map Commands and Settings

The following tables describe the commands on the "Map" toolbar and the map context
menu .

Figure 3-55: Map toolbar and map context menu

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 68

 SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

Map Commands
Table 3-6: Description of the items on the Map toolbar

Icon Name Description

"Map" For a description of the items on the "Map" menu, see the "Tools" entry in Table 3-7.

Zoom level Displays the current zoom factor

Speed Shows the current speed

Altitude Shows the current elevation

Last position update Shows the time that the last position information was received

GPS accuracy Shows the accuracy of the GPS location

In replay mode, the "Map" monitor obtains the GPS information from the measurement file.

Compass Shows the current map orientation.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 69

 SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

Figure 3-56: Map context menu

Table 3-7: Description of the items on the Map context menu

Item Description

"Follow location" Automatically centers the map on the current location.

This option is enabled by default when you start QualiPoc as well as in replay mode when you
load a result file. A green dot appears beside the icon when the option is active. If the current
location is unavailable, the command uses the last known location.
You can also touch and hold the "Zoom level" icon to enable or disable this feature.

"Use GPS Device" Uses the GPS device to determine the current location

"Add Manual Location" Disables GPS location mode. Touch and hold the map to set your current location.

"Online mode" Automatically downloads map tiles for the current view; however, some map providers only par-
tially download tiles.
In offline mode, only cached map tiles are shown.

"Layers" Select floor plans, outdoor routes, and map providers. You can also open the editors for these
features.

"Tile cache manager" Select, create, or delete a cache for the map tile sets that you download..

"Settings" See "Map Settings" on page 71.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 70

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

Item Description

"Tools" ● "Go to location": Goes to the address or coordinates that you enter.
This command preserves a history of the locations that you enter. You do not need an Inter-
net connection to go to a location that is stored in the history.
● "Restart tracking here": Restarts the tracking from the current waypoint
Removes the current interpolation from the measurement file and restarts the route from
the currently selected waypoint without interpolation.
● "Reset tracking": Deletes the currently tracked route
The tracking value markers are now enabled with the zoom level starting at 16 and are dis-
abled for lower values. When temporarily without GPS coverage, that is, less than 1
minute, the tracking lines show interpolated tracking values.
● "Reset Rotation": Rotates the map back to the default orientation
● "Navigation": Shows the track from your current location to the selected origin on the floor
plan or the outdoor route
You can also access these tools through the "Map" menu.

"Help" Opens the "Help" menu.

Map Settings

► To access the map settings, touch the map context menu icon , and touch "Map
settings".

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 71

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

Figure 3-57: Map settings

For a description of the "Map settings" screen, see Chapter 3.2.1, "Map Settings",
on page 129.

Map Types
QualiPoc supports outdoor maps and indoor floor plans.

Outdoor Maps
You can use several different map providers for your outdoor measurements, for exam-
ple, Google Maps and Open Street Map.

Figure 3-58: Outdoor measurement on map monitor

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 72

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

Depending on your QualiPoc version, you might be prompted to update Google Play
services when you open the "Map" monitor. To update Google Play services, follow the
instructions, and then restart your phone.

Figure 3-59: Update Google Play services

Alternatively, you can check that you are running the approved version of Google Play
services under "Settings > Apps":

Figure 3-60: Google Play services version in use

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 73

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

► Use the plus (+) and minus (-) to zoom in and out of the map,
Tip: You can also double-tap the map to zoom in.

► To change the orientation of the map, touch and touch "Reset rotation".
Note: To restore the default map orientation, touch the Compass icon.

► To tilt the map into a 3D representation, swipe two fingers downward.

► To restore a 2D representation, swipe two fingers upward.

► To view transmitter information, touch the transmitter on the map.

► To view more detailed information, touch the balloon that opens.

Note:
This feature is only available for iBwave *.ibwc map files.

Figure 3-61: Transmitter details

Indoor Floor Plans

For indoor measurements, you can use image files for the floor plan, either taken with
the phone camera or imported in *.jpg, *.png, and *.ibwc format. By default the
color of the indoor positions reflects the current signal strength (RxLev in GSM/EDGE
or RSCP in WCDMA).
For a description on how to create an indoor floor plan, see "Creating Indoor and Out-
door Floor Plans" on page 76.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 74

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

Figure 3-62: Floor plan example

► To mark your position on the map, touch and hold the map.

► To delete a marker, touch the marker, and touch the "Undo" icon .

► To zoom in and zoom out of the map, use the touch capabilities of the smartphone.

► To automatically center the map on the current location, touch and hold the zoom
level icon .
QualiPoc saves the positions that you mark in the measurement file. You can load
these markers in the NQDI post-processing software. If you want, you can load
another map during the measurement. When you reload a map, QualiPoc also
reloads the previous tracking list.

Using Layers
The "Layers" screen allows you to customize indoor floor plan, outdoor routes and map
providers.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 75

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

Figure 3-63: Layers screen

The "Ïndoor route" item is only available if you have defined a route for the selected
floor plan. For more information, see "Creating Indoor and Outdoor Floor Plans"
on page 76.

Creating Indoor and Outdoor Floor Plans

The "Floor plan" menu is where you manage your indoor maps. You can create simple
floor plans from an image and iBwave files as well as floor plans that are accurately
positioned and aligned on an outdoor map, that is, geo-referenced floor plans.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 76

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

Figure 3-64: Floor plan menu

You can perform the following actions in the "Floor plan" editor:
● "Add floor": Adds a new floor/level to the current floor plan
● "Add floor using camera" Adds a photograph of the floor from the gallery of the
phone
● "New floor plan": Creates a new empty floor plan
● "New floor plan using camera": Creates a new floor plan from a photograph that
you take with the camera of the phone
● "Import new iBwave project": Imports the floor plan from an iBwave file

Creating an Indoor Route

You can only create an indoor route after you add a floor plan.

To create an indoor route

1. Touch the map context menu icon and touch "Layers".

2. Touch the pencil icon beside "Floor plan" and in the list, touch the floor plan that
you want to create the route for.

3. Touch the "Floor plan" menu and touch "Edit routes".

Note: If the floor plan has more than one floor, touch the "Level" icon , and then
touch the floor that you want to add the route to.
4. Touch the "Route" menu and touch "Add route".

5. Type a name for the route, touch "Create blank route", and then touch "OK".

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 77

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

Figure 3-65: Add route

6. Touch the floor plan to add the waypoints for the route.
Waypoints have the following colors:
● Green: Starting waypoint
● Orange: Intermediate waypoint
● Red: End waypoint

7. Use the various tools in the route editor to create the route, and then touch the
"Done" check mark (✔) at the top of the screen.

Drag handle to
reorder waypoints
Deletes a waypoint

Map automatically
centers on the
waypoint
that you select

Tap to add
comment

Current waypoint
action with Undo
option

Figure 3-66: Adding waypoints

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 78

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

Creating a Simple and a Geo-Referenced Floor Plan

To create a simple floor plan

1. Touch the map context menu icon and touch "Layers".

2. Touch the "Floor plan" menu , touch "New floor plan", and then touch "Simple
Floor Plan".

Figure 3-67: Floor plan types

3. Touch a floor plan location in the list, for example, "Load an image file".

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 79

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

Figure 3-68: Add floors

Note: For the "Take a photo using the camera" option, point the phone at the floor
plan, for example, a floor plan that is displayed on the wall, touch the camera icon
, and then touch "Save".
If required, you can also edit the photograph.
● To crop the photograph, touch the "Edit" mode list at the top of the screen,
touch "Crop", and then drag the anchors.

Figure 3-69: Crop photograph

● To correct distorted perspective, touch the "Edit" mode list at the top of the
screen, touch "Perspective", and then drag the anchors.
When you are done, touch the check mark (✔) at the top of the screen, and then
touch "Yes".
4. Assign a "Level" number to the floor plan as well as a name, and then touch "OK".

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 80

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

Figure 3-70: Floor plan name

To create a geo-referenced floor plan

1. Touch the map context menu icon and touch "Layers".

2. Touch the "Floor plan" menu , touch "New floor plan", and then touch "Geo-refer-
enced floor plan".

Figure 3-71: Floor plan types

3. Touch a floor plan location in the list, for example, "Load an image file", and follow
the instructions for the image or iBwave project that you want to use.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 81

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

Figure 3-72: Add floors

4. Assign a "Level" number to the floor plan as well as a name, and then touch "OK".

Figure 3-73: Floor plan name

Note: QualiPoc automatically uses the current location of the phone to position the
floor plan.
If the image contains the location in the meta data, click "Yes" to use this informa-
tion to position the image on the map.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 82

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

Figure 3-74: Use embedded location information

5. Edit the map.

● If required, use the anchors to adjust size of the image on the map.
● If you want to change the location, touch the search icon at the top of the
screen, enter the address or place name, and then drag the marker over the
building, and touch the address.

Figure 3-75: Type address

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 83

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

Figure 3-76: Drag marker

● Touch the "Done" check mark (✔) at the top of the screen.
● To delete the floor plan, touch the X.

To edit a floor plan

1. Touch the map context menu icon and touch "Layers".

2. Touch the pencil icon beside "Floor plan" and in the list, touch the floor plan that
you want to edit.

3. Use the various tools on the screen to edit your floor plan.

Lock

Move

Scale Floor plan

transparency slider
Rotate

Anchors to
manipulate
the floor plan

Map zoom level

Figure 3-77: Editing options on Map monitor

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 84

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

Adds a new floor

Floor properties

Delete floors

Opens route editor

(Only available after
you create a route)
Selects a color
for the
Lock floors together
transparency
Links floor plan
to map

Figure 3-78: Editing options for floors

Creating an Outdoor Route

This "Outdoor route" editor is similar to the "Indoor route" editor and allows you to
specify a route for your measurements.

To create an outdoor route

1. Touch the map context menu icon and touch "Layers".

2. Touch the pencil icon beside "Outdoor route", touch "Add Route", and touch an
option in the list, for example, "Create blank route".

Figure 3-79: Add route

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 85

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

Note: If you do not see "Add Route", touch the route menu and touch "Add route".

Creates a new route

Creates route from

the real time GPS track
on the map
Imports route from
a measurement file
Loads route from
GPS exchange file

Figure 3-80: Add route menu

3. Type a name for the route and touch "OK".

4. Touch the search icon at the top of the screen.

Figure 3-81: Enter address

5. Type the address or the place name of the first waypoint.

6. Touch the map where you want to add the remaining waypoints for the route.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 86

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

Waypoints have the following colors:

● Green: Starting waypoint
● Orange: Intermediate waypoint
● Red: End waypoint

7. Use the various tools in the route editor to create the route, and then touch "Done"
at the top of the screen.

Creates a new route

Exchanges start
and end waypoints
Rearranges waypoints
in a more efficient order
Route types
(Recalculates
route when you
select a different
route type)

Only available
when you select
a waypoint

Figure 3-82: Editing options for outdoor routes

Map Provider
You can change the map provider for the "Map" monitor, for example, from Google to
Open Street Map.

To change the map provider

1. Touch the map context menu icon , touch "Layers", and touch "Map provider".

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 87

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

Figure 3-83: Map layers

Tip: To quickly open the "Layers" screen, swipe down over the map context menu
icon .
2. Touch a provider in the list.
Note:
The following map providers are available by default:
● "Google Maps (Normal and Hybrid)"
● "HERE Maps/Normal (Day)"
● "Open Street Map/Standard"

To customize the list map providers

1. Touch the overflow menu icon , touch "Layers", and touch "Map provider".

2. Touch the check box of the providers that you want to add to the list.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 88

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

Figure 3-84: Tile providers

3. (Optional) Customize the map provider settings or add a new map provider.
● To edit the current map provider, touch the edit icon beside the map provider.
● To add a new map provider that is not on the list available providers, touch the
edit icon beside the provider, touch the plus (+) icon at the top of the list of
providers, and then touch "Add".

Figure 3-85: Tile provider settings

Note: If you are unfamiliar with the parameters, do not add a new map provider.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 89

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

► To restore the default map provider, touch the edit icon beside the map provider,
touch the overflow menu icon at the top of the screen, and touch "Restore con-
figuration".

Tile Cache
The "Tile cache" allows you to select, create, or delete a cache for the map tile sets
that you download. Then, working with offline maps, you use all the available band-
width for data tests.

In "Online mode", QualiPoc automatically downloads missing map tiles from the Inter-
net, with preference given to a Wi-Fi connection.

Figure 3-86: Cached areas (green) on a map

► To view cached areas on the map, touch the map context menu and in the "Tile
cache" area, touch "Show cached areas."

To create a new tile cache set

1. Touch the map context menu icon and touch "Tile cache".

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 90

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

Figure 3-87: Tile cache manager

2. Touch the plus sign (+) at the top of the screen and type a name (1) for the cache.

3. (Optional): Touch "Copy tiles from" (2), touch a cache in the list, and then touch
"OK"

4. (Optional): Touch "Store on CD card" (3) to store the tiles on an SD card.

Note: You have to set the "SD Card root directory URL" parameter (under Map set-
tings) before using the functionality. If you do not set this parameter, the following
message is displayed:

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 91

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

Figure 3-88: Operating SD card warning

Refer to "Storing Tile Cache on SD Card" on page 93 for setting the "SD Card
root directory URL".

To select a tile cache

1. Touch the map context menu icon and touch "Tile cache manager".
Tip: To quickly open the "Tile cache manager", swipe up over map context menu
icon .
2. Select the tile caches that you want to use and touch the check mark.

To download map tiles

1. Touch the map context menu icon and touch "Tile cache ".

2. Touch the download icon at the top of the screen and touch an option, for exam-
ple, "Download visible map area".

3. Specify the tile download options and then touch "Download".

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 92

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

Figure 3-89: Download options

To export a map tile cache

1. Touch the menu icon at the top of the screen and touch "Settings" > "Import/
Export Configuration" > "Export Configuration" >

2. Touch "Tile caches" and then touch the map tile caches that you want to export.

Figure 3-90: Tile cache export options

3. Touch the menu icon at the top of the screen and touch an export method.

Storing Tile Cache on SD Card

1. Touch the map context menu icon and touch "Settings ".

2. Under "Tile cache" section, touch "SD Card root directory URL".

3. Touch the SD card name (1) in the tree, and then touch "Select <SD card name>"
(2)

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 93

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

Figure 3-91: Select SD card

The selected storage path is reported under "Map settings" (1):

Figure 3-92: SD card root directory URL

4. Create a tile cache following the steps described at "To create a new tile cache set"
on page 90 and consider step 4 as mandatory.

Changing the Map Location

To go to a specific location on the map

1. Touch and touch "Go to location".
Note: This feature requires an Internet connection. Google also provides indoor
maps, for example, “Sihlcity”.
2. Enter the address or the longitude and latitude of the location in degrees and touch
"OK".

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 94

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

Figure 3-93: Go to location on map

Customizing Tracking Values

You can customize the tracking values that QualiPoc displays over the tracked point.

Figure 3-94: Tracking values on a map

To customize tracking values

1. Touch the information window above the tracked point on the map.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 95

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

Figure 3-95: Information window

2. Touch the gear icon at the top of the "Event values" screen and touch "Custom-
ize info values".

Figure 3-96: Event values

3. On the "Info values" screen, touch the value that you want to change, for example,
"Network Info: Cell signal level".

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 96

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

Figure 3-97: Info values

4. On the "Pick parameter" screen, touch a category in the "Group" list, and then
touch the parameter in the "Value" list.

Figure 3-98: Pick parameters

Note:
● To reset the parameters to the default values, touch the reset icon .
Tip: Use the search box to quickly find a parameter.

BTS Settings and Information

The BTS Information screen allows you to activate the BTS information display and to
select your GSM, WCDMA or LTE BTS lists. You can copy the file to any location on
the SD card of the phone. The BTS Info File must be in *.CSV format where each row
corresponds to one cell ID. Use the following syntax for a BTS Info File:

► To access the BTS settings, touch the map context menu icon , touch "Settings",
and then touch "BTS settings".

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 97

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

Figure 3-99: BTS settings

Note: To access this screen from the main QualiPoc screen, touch the menu icon
at the top of the screen, touch "Settings", touch "Map settings", then touch "BTS
information".

Table 3-8: Description of the BTS settings

Setting Description

"BTS information" Displays BTS information on the map

"BTS info file" Loads the file that contains the BTS information.
You can copy the file to any location on the SD card of the phone.
The BTS Info File must be in CSV format where each row corresponds to one
cell ID. Use the following syntax for a BTS Info File:
● WCDMA: Name,Technol-
ogy,UARFCN,PSC,Lon,Lat,MCC,MNC,LAC,CellId,Direction
● GSM: Name,Technology,BCCH,BSIC,Lon,Lat,MCC,MNC,LAC,CellId,Direc-
tion
● LTE: Name,Technology,EARFCN,Phy-
CID,Lon,Lat,MCC,MNC,TAC,CellId,Direction

"BTS LTE cell identi- Use eNB or CellID as cell identifier (Figure 3-100).
fier"

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 98

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

Figure 3-100: Use enB or CellID as identifier

Figure 3-101: CellIDs as cell identifier in BTS list

Figure 3-102: eNB as cell identifier in BTS list

When the "BTS information" option is enabled, the following BTS icons appear on the
map toolbar. The serving cell is indicated by a blue circle on the map.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 99

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

Figure 3-103: BTS information on map

BTS cell markers are semi-transparent use the following colors:

● Violet: Active serving cell
● Pink: Neighbor cell
● Blue: Inactive cell

Figure 3-104: BTS cell markers

► To view the Cell ID, touch a cell.

Note: To change to a different cell in the same location, touch the same cell again.

► To view the complete BTS information for a cell, touch the cell, and then touch the
information balloon above the cell (Figure 3-104).

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 100

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

Figure 3-105: BTS information

Note: If the location has more than one cell, touch the cell icon , and then touch
the other cell.

► To lock the phone on the UARFCN cell, touch "Set preferred UARFCN", and let the
phone reboot.
Note: This setting also forces the phone to use WCDMA technology.

Location Service Settings

1. To access the location services of your phone:

● Touch the map context menu icon , touch "Settings > Location services".
● Alternatively, touch the menu icon at the top of the screen and touch "Set-
tings > Map settings > Location services".
Note: This command opens the location services menu of your device and not
QualiPoc. The available menu items depend on the phone model.
2. Check that "Location" is enabled and touch "Mode":

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 101

 SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

Figure 3-106: Location service settings on phone

Table 3-9: Description of the location service settings

Setting Description

"High accuracy" Uses GPS, Wi-Fi and mobile networks to determine the current location.
Use this location method if you use the "Fused location provider" under "GPS Device".
Refer to Table 3-11.

"Power saving" Uses Wi-Fi or mobile networks to determine the current location.

"GPS only" Only disable this setting if you are using an external Bluetooth device.

3.1.3.11 Wi-Fi Monitor

The Wi-Fi monitor displays information about the Wi-Fi hotspot that the QualiPoc
device is connected to:

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 102

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

Figure 3-107: Wi-Fi monitor

3.1.3.12 Wi-Fi Scan Monitor

The "Wi-Fi Scan" monitor displays information about the scanned Wi-Fi networks
within the range of your QualiPoc device.
Touch on the main workspace to display the "Wi-Fi Scan" monitor. Touch ">" (1) to
expand the Wi-Fi hotspot's information (2). If the Wi-Fi hotspot uses multiple access
points (with different channels), all of them are displayed. The Wi-Fi access point ven-
dor is available (3):

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 103

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

Figure 3-108: Wi-Fi Scan monitor

If the network is not broadcasted, the hotspot's name is reported as "<unknown"

Figure 3-109: Unbroadcasted Wi-Fi network

By touching the overflow icon , you can switch to a chart display, either "Chart 2.4
GHz" (1) or "Chart 5 GHz" (2). The chart displays the channel usage for the selected
band:

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 104

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

Figure 3-110: Channel usage chart

3.1.3.13 IP Call Monitor

For a description of the IP call logging options, see Chapter 3.2.9, "Advanced Analysis
Settings", on page 153.
Real-time Transport Protocol (RTP) is a general purpose protocol for streaming audio,
video, and other data over IP networks. RTP is responsible for voice coding, that is,
analog to digital conversion and compression, jitter management, and packet
sequence ordering.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 105

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

A-to-D conversion
codec compression
and RTP packet Network
Network
construction

Analog signal Audio converted into a stream of RTP packets

Figure 3-111: RTP packets generated at the source device

In a VoIP call, each RTP packet carries a small audio sample, which is typically 20 ms.
RTP assigns a packet number and time-stamp to each packet.
Packet numbers and time stamps enable correct packet sequencing at the receiving
end.
Jitter measures the variance of the arrival time of the RTP packets. If the packets
arrive in equal time intervals, the jitter value is 0, that is, jitter-free.

Sequence No 61 62 63 64 65 66 67
Time stamp 4620 4640 4660 4680 4700 4720 4740
Other headers hdr hdr hdr hdr hdr hdr hdr

Payload (data)

Time

Figure 3-112: Jitter-free stream of RTP packets

Figure 3-113 is an example where the jitter value is greater than 0. Jitter that is less
then 100ms can be solved with jitter-buffers. Larger jitter values degrade the listening
quality.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 106

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

Sequence No 61 62 63 64 66 67
Time stamp 4620 4640 4660 4680 4720 4740
Other headers hdr hdr hdr hdr hdr hdr

Payload (data)

Time

Figure 3-113: RTP stream with jitter and a dropped packet

Adding the IP Call Monitor

The "IP Call" monitor is not available by default. For a description on how to add a
monitor, see Chapter 3.1.3.2, "Creating a Custom Monitor", on page 44.

RTP Parameters

Figure 3-114: RTP Parameters on IP Call monitor

The "IP Call" monitor contains the following Real-Time Protocols (RTP):
● "RTP jitter": Statistical variance of the RTP data packet inter-arrival time
The recommended value is below 100ms. Jitter problems can be solved with jitter
buffers.
● "IPDV" (Instantaneous packet delay variation): Instantaneous time deviation
between the arrival of successive packets
For example, if packets are transmitted every 20 ms and the second packet is
received 30 ms after the first packet, the IPDV = −10 ms.
● "PDV" (Packet delay variation): Difference in the end-to-end one-way delay
between selected packets in a flow
The "PDV" is usually the largest variation in delay for a selected time period.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 107

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

Figure 3-115: RTP Parameters on IP monitor

The "IP" monitor contains the following "RTP" parameters:

● "Packet loss": Percentage of lost packets during the transmission
If the percentage is less than 1% the impact on call audio quality is negligible. If the
percentage is greater than 3%, the impact is noticeable as a degradation of voice
quality.
● "Call - RTP Jitter": Average RTP jitter over the whole call
● "Call - Packet Loss": Packet loss percentage over the whole call

On "IP Call" monitor, "Frame Rate DL/UL" and "Codec DL/UL" parameters are also
available for devices with Exynos chipset.

SIP Messages
You can view SIP messages on the "Signaling" monitor.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 108

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

Figure 3-116: SIP parameters on the Signaling monitor

To view the details of a SIP message, touch the message on the "Signaling" monitor.

3.1.3.14 Site Acceptance Monitor

The site acceptance monitor permits to configure and launch a site acceptance test.

Site Acceptance Test

An operator performs a site acceptance test while deploying or performing some
changes on a BTS. It consists of some basic tests, e.g. setting up a call or download-
ing a file, assessing the availability of the services, and checking that some basic KPIs
are within a range of expected values. Finally, a report containing the project details
and the measurement information, is generated.
Perform the following steps to configure the site acceptance test:
● Defining the Site Acceptance Project....................................................................109
● Defining the Site Acceptance Sectors................................................................... 112
● Defining the Site Acceptance Jobs........................................................................115
● Defining the KPI Thresholds..................................................................................116
● Preparing the Site Acceptance Report.................................................................. 118
● Starting the Site Acceptance Test......................................................................... 120
● Reporting the Site Acceptance Test...................................................................... 121

Defining the Site Acceptance Project

Touch the site acceptance monitor icon (1) to configure the site acceptance project (2):

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 109

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

Figure 3-117: Site acceptance default monitor

To create a project, click the "+" icon (1) under "Project" area. The "Create project" (2)
dialog shows up. Fill in the fields and touch "OK":

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 110

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

Figure 3-118: Create site acceptance project

The information you enter populates the header of the site acceptance report.
For more information about the site acceptance report, refer to .
Touching the overflow icon (1), you can either "Create", "Duplicate", or "Delete" a proj-
ect. Touching the edit icon (2), you display the "Create project" dialog for edition:

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 111

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

Figure 3-119: Site acceptance project options

Defining the Site Acceptance Sectors

The "Sectors" define the forcing to be applied when running the site acceptance test.
The "Sectors" area (1) is displayed once the "Project" area is defined:

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 112

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

Figure 3-120: Site acceptance sectors definition

Define the technology by touching the "Technology" field and selecting it in the list (1).
Optionally, define additional parameters related to the technology (2)

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 113

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

Figure 3-121: Technology and associated options

The following table lists the available options:

Technology Options

"LTE" "EARFCN",
"PCI"

"WCDMA" "UARFCN",
"PSC"

"GSM" "Band",
"BCCH"

To define additional sectors, touch the overflow icon (1). Touch "Add" to define addi-
tional sectors, "Remove" to remove sectors, and "Move up" or "Move down" (2) to rear-
range the order of the sectors.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 114

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

Figure 3-122: Define and organize additional sectors

Defining the Site Acceptance Jobs

To define the jobs, and inside jobs the tests to be performed for site acceptance, touch
"+" icon (1) under "Job" area. The "Create job" dialog (2) shows up. Enter the job name
in "Job name" field (3) and touch "OK". On "Add test" dialog (4), select the tests to be
performed:

Figure 3-123: Define jobs and tests

The following table lists the available tests:

Call Tests Data Transfer Tests Performance Tests

Call to Answering Station FTP DL Ping

FTP UL

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 115

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

Call Tests Data Transfer Tests Performance Tests

Call to Any Number HTTP DL

HTTP UL

All advanced job settings are available, e.g. the fixed duration. For more information
about test configuration, refer to Chapter 5, "QualiPoc Tests", on page 235.
The site acceptance job is supposed to run for a defined amount of time. Define either
a duration or a number of cycles, otherwise the job cannot be saved.

Touch the edit icon (1) to edit a job. Touch the overflow icon (2) and then "Rename",
"Duplicate", or "Delete" to perform the respective modification on an existing job. Touch
"Create" to create additional jobs and then touch the "Job" field (3) to switch from one
job to another:

Figure 3-124: Job options

Defining the KPI Thresholds

Fine-tune the acceptance criteria by editing the KPI thresholds.
Touch the overflow icon (1) and touch "Edit KPI thresholds" (2). For each configured
test type, define the threshold between "Poor" and "Fair" (3), and then between "Fair"
and "Good" (4). The unit is related to the test type, e.g. milliseconds for Ping RTT.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 116

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

Figure 3-125: Edit KPI thresholds

Different thresholds can be defined for specific technology and bands. Touch the over-
flow icon, e.g. for "LTE" technology under "Ping RTT [ms]" (1) and touch "Edit band
thresholds" (2). Define the thresholds, e.g. for "LTE Band I - 2100" (3):

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 117

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

Figure 3-126: Edit band thresholds

Preparing the Site Acceptance Report

Editing KPI numbers

Fine-tune the content of the site acceptance report by editing the KPI numbers. It asso-
ciates a custom value, textual or numerical, to each test type.
Touch the overflow icon (1) and touch "Edit KPI numbers" (2). Touch one test type, e.g.
"Ping RTT" (3). Enter the value in the "KPI number" dialog (4). Once all the KPI num-
bers edited, touch "Done" (5):

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 118

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

Figure 3-127: Edit KPI numbers

Editing Custom Fields

Fine-tune the header of the site acceptance report by adding custom fields.
First and to define the field names, touch the overflow icon (1) and touch "Edit custom
fields" (2). Touch plus icon (3) and enter the value in the "Add custom field" dialog (4).
Once all custom fields you need are added, touch "Done" (5):

Figure 3-128: Create custom fields

Then and to populate the custom fields, edit the project under "Project" area (1) and
edit the corresponding fields (2):

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 119

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

Figure 3-129: Edit custom fields

Starting the Site Acceptance Test

To start the site acceptance test, touch the "START" icon (1). QualiPoc monitors the
test in real time. Green icons (2) indicate a successful test. Red icons (3) indicate a
failed test:

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 120

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

Figure 3-130: Start and monitor the site acceptance test

The details about the achieved KPI values are only available in the acceptance report,
once the jobs executed according to the set schedule, duration, or cycles.
If you stop the job, by touching "STOP" icon before the set duration or before all cycles
are completed, the site acceptance report is not generated.

Reporting the Site Acceptance Test

The site acceptance report is a PDF file located in
\QualiPoc\SiteAcceptance\Reports and named
yyyy-mm-dd-hh-mm-ss_ProjectName.pdf:

Figure 3-131: PDF file name

The site acceptance report comprises various sections:

● First section:

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 121

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

– The "General information" reporting the project details as defined under "Proj-
ect" area

Figure 3-132: General information

– The "Measurement information & equipment" providing details about the overall
test results, i.e. the percentage of "Succeeded" and "Failed" tests, and the
device information

Figure 3-133: Measurement information & equipment

● Second section:
– The "Sector breakdown" reporting the overall statistics for each defined sector

Figure 3-134: Sector breakdown

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 122

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

● Third section:
– The "Performance" reporting the overall statistics in tables and charts to allow
comparison between sectors at a glance

Figure 3-135: Performance

● Fourth section:
– The "RF Data" reporting the main radio frequency parameters for each defined
sector

Figure 3-136: RF Data

● Fifth section:
– The "KPI classifications" summarizing the defined thresholds for each test type,
technology, and band

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 123

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

Figure 3-137: KPI classifications

Custom Monitors with Performance Parameters

This section explains how to create and add a custom monitor displaying the perform-
ance parameters:
Table 3-10: Performance parameters

Parameters Definition

"Battery level [%]" Battery level given in percentage

"Battery temperature [°C]" Battery temperature given in celsius degrees

"CPU frequency [GHz]" The frequency is the current configuration of the

CPU. In case a CPU is temporarily not available,
"Off" is displayed

"CPU temperature [°C]" CPU temperature given in celsius degrees

"CPU usage (total) [%]" All processes are counted including system,
sqdiagd, and "com.android.phone"

"CPU load" "CPU load" gives the load average over the last 1, 5
and 15 minutes

"CPU usage (QualiPoc) [%]" All threads that are running inside the main Quali-
Poc application process (UI, RFTrace,
Audio Recording, and Download) are included

"CPU scaling rate [%]" "CPU scaling rate [%]" is the rate between the sum
of current used frequencies, and the sum of the
maximum frequencies of all CPU. A value above
100% means overclocking

To add a custom monitor with performance parameters

1. Touch the shortcut menu icon at the top of the navigation bar and touch "Work-
spaces". Alternatively, touch the menu icon at the top of the screen, touch "Set-
tings", and then "Customization".

2. Swipe to "Custom monitors" tab.

3. Touch the "+" icon, and then select the desired content, for example "Standard (32
values)".

4. Enter a "Name" for the monitor, for example, "CPU", and then touch "OK".

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 124

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

5. Swipe to "Performance" tab, and check the desired parameters, for example the
full list as described above. Touch "Done" at the top left of the screen:

Figure 3-138: Performance parameters

6. Touch "Done" again:

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 125

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

Figure 3-139: "CPU" custom monitor creation

7. Touch the shortcut menu icon at the top of the navigation bar and touch "Add
monitor".

8. Select "CPU" at the bottom of the list:

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 126

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Workspace

Figure 3-140: "CPU" custom monitor selection

9. Touch "OK" on "Add layout" screen.

QualiPoc adds the monitor to the current workspace:

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 127

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Settings

Figure 3-141: "CPU" custom monitor added

3.2 QualiPoc Settings

You can use the menus on your smartphone to configure QualiPoc Handheld.

► To access the "QualiPoc Settings" screen, touch the menu icon at the top of the
screen and touch "Settings".

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 128

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Settings

Figure 3-142: QualiPoc settings

3.2.1 Map Settings

Figure 3-143: Map settings

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 129

 SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Settings

Table 3-11: Description of the Map monitor settings

Setting Description

"Location services" This command opens the Android location services menu.
For more information, see "Location Service Settings" on page 101.

"Location provider" Touch "Internal GPS device" and select the GPS device to use for the map among (1):
● "Internal GPS device"
● "Fused location provider": Android interface providing the best available location out of all available
providers i.e., WiFi, GPS and mobile networks.

Alternatively, add and use an external Bluetooth device.

To support transitions between outdoor and indoor location, select both "Use GPS Device" and "Add Man-
ual Location Provider" (3).

"Seamless Transition By default, this option that checks the GPS accuracy is set to 0 m. In that case, you cannot add waypoints
Condition" manually.

If the last valid GPS position is older than 2 seconds, or if the GPS accuracy is above the set threshold, you
can add waypoints manually.

"Info values" Specifies the values to use for tracking

"Unit of measure- "Metric" or "Imperial"

ment"

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 130

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Settings

Setting Description

"BTS settings" See Table 3-8.

"BTS monitor" Displays the Base Transceiver Stations on the map

"Show inactive cells" Displays inactive cells if the "BTS monitor" option is enabled.

"Online mode" Downloads missing map tiles from the Internet. Some of the map providers do not completely download
missing tiles, for example Google, which only partially downloads tiles.

"Offline mode on Disables "Online mode" when a campaign starts, which is particularly useful for data tests. Indeed, "Online
campaign start" mode" interferes with data tests, as the map tile being downloaded takes resources from the test in execu-
tion, which then results in lower throughput.

"On campaign start" Resets the tracking line when a campaign starts.
This option is enabled by default.

"On floor plan Automatically resets tracking when you start a campaign or change the floor plan
change"

"Default floor plan Specify the default floor plan type, for example, "Geo-referenced"
type"

"Volume keys to set Use the volume keys to move between waypoints
waypoint"

"Show cached Displays the download status of the map tiles in one of the following ways:
areas" ● Tile with green background: Cached map tile
● Gray background with "Map tile not cached"
When you select "Show cached areas", a slider appears on the map to change the zoom level of the
cached areas.

"SD Card root direc- Path of the SD card to be used for storing cached map tiles
tory URL"

3.2.2 Signaling

The Signaling screen lists the available filtering options for the "Signaling" monitor.
You can use these settings to filter out the signaling headers, for example, by group or
by subgroup.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 131

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Settings

Figure 3-144: Signaling settings for Signaling monitor

3.2.3 IP Monitor

The IP Monitor screen allows you to selectively filter out messages that belong to the
DNS, FTP, HTTP, ICMP, RTCP, and SIP protocols.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 132

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Settings

Figure 3-145: IP Monitor filters

3.2.4 Customization

The customization screen allows you to customize the QualiPoc Handheld workspace
to display your preferred monitors, to create and save different custom workspace con-
figurations. You can then load different workspaces for different monitoring tasks.

3.2.4.1 Customizing a Workspace

The Workspace editor provides you with an overview of the monitors in the current
workspace.

To create a custom workspace

1. Touch the menu icon at the top of the screen and touch "Settings" > "Customiza-
tion".

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 133

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Settings

Figure 3-146: Customizing the QualiPoc workspace

Tip: You can also access this menu through the shortcut menu icon at the top of
the navigation bar.
2. Touch the plus sign (+) at the top of the screen and touch the type of workspace
that you want to create.
● "Create empty workspace": Creates a workspace with no monitors
● "Create standard workspace": Creates a workspace with the default monitors
● "Copy current workspace"

Figure 3-147: Create workspace

3. In the "Workspace name" box, type a name, and then touch "OK".

4. To manage the workspace monitors, touch "Current workspace" at the top of the
screen.
● To add a monitor, touch the plus sign (+) at the top of the screen, and then
touch a monitor in the list.
● To remove a monitor, touch and hold a monitor in the list, and then touch the
"Delete" icon at the top of the screen.
● To reorder the monitors in the list, use the drag handle .
● To create a custom monitor, touch "Custom monitors" at the top of the screen,
and then touch the plus sign (+).
Note:
To manage the parameters in the available default monitors, touch "Predefined
Monitors".
● To add a parameter, touch a monitor in the list, touch a parameter category at
the top of the screen, for example, "Network Info", and then touch the check-
boxes of the parameters that you want to add.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 134

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Settings

● To remove a parameter, touch a monitor in the list, clear the checkbox in front
of the parameter name.
● To restore the default parameters, touch and hold a monitor in the list, and then
touch the "Restore" icon at the top of the screen.
5. Touch "Done" when you finish.

3.2.4.2 Creating a Custom Monitor

QualiPoc allows you to create a monitor with customized content for your workspace.

To create a custom monitor

1. Touch the menu icon at the top of the screen, touch "Customization", and touch
"Custom monitors".

Figure 3-148: Edit monitors

Note: If you do not see this option, swipe until you do.
2. Touch the plus sign (+) at the top of the screen and touch the type of monitor that
you want to add, for example, "Standard (32 values)".

Figure 3-149: Monitor types

Tip: To clone an existing custom monitor, touch and hold the monitor in the list, and
then touch the "Duplicate" icon at the top of the screen.
3. Type a name in the "Monitor name" box.

4. Touch a category at the top of the screen, and then select the checkboxes of the
parameters that you want to add.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 135

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Settings

Figure 3-150: Available parameters

Tip: Use the "Search" box to quickly find a parameter.

Swipe to move to the next tab.
5. If you want, rearrange the parameters in the monitor.

Figure 3-151: Rearrange parameters

a) Touch the "Selected" tab.

b) Touch and hold the drag icon next to the parameter and drag the icon to a
different level in the list.
Tip: Touch the sideways down arrow at the top of the screen to select filtering
options for the list.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 136

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Settings

6. Touch "Done" when you finish.

► To delete a custom monitor, touch and hold the monitor in the list, and then touch
the "Delete" icon .

3.2.4.3 Customizing Measurement Filenames

QualiPoc uses the information that you specify in a tag in the name of a measurement
file.

To create a custom tag

1. Touch the overflow icon at the top right of the screen and touch "Results".

2. Touch the overflow icon at the top right of the screen and touch "Result
Browser".

3. Touch the overflow icon at the top right of the screen and touch "Tag setups".

4. Touch the plus sign (+) at the top of the screen.

5. Enter a name for the tag and touch "OK".

6. Specify the label information.

a) To change the format of the tag, touch "AAAA" and touch a new format, for
example, "AA".
b) Enter a tag value on the "A" line and then touch the right arrow (>).
c) Touch the overflow icon at the top of the screen and touch "Add".
d) Enter a "Tag value" and touch "OK".
e) Touch the check mark at the top left of the screen when you are done.

7. If you want, assign a color to a tag.

a) Touch and hold the tag in the list.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 137

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Settings

b) Touch the "Pick color" icon at the top of the screen and touch a color.

Figure 3-152: List of custom tags

To assign a tag to a measurement file

1. Touch the menu icon at the top of the screen and touch "Results".

2. Touch the overflow icon at the top right of the screen and touch "Result
Browser".

3. Touch and hold a measurement file in the list.

4. Touch the tag icon at the top of the screen and select the tags using the drop-
down menus.

5. Touch "OK".

To enable the "Auto Tag" feature

If enabled, the "Auto Tag" feature asks you to tag the measurement file on campaign
end.
1. Touch the menu icon at the top of the screen and touch "Settings".

2. Touch "Unit configuration".

3. Touch "Results Files Tagging/Upload" under "Results Files" section.

4. Check "Auto Tag" checkbox (1):

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 138

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Settings

Figure 3-153: Auto tag option

At the end of the campaign, assign a tag the measurement:

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 139

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Settings

Figure 3-154: Assign a tag to the measurement

Measurement File Options

QualiPoc provides you with the following options for measurement files:
● Upload
● Filtering
● Sharing
● Compression

To access the measurement file options

1. Touch the menu icon at the top of the screen and touch "Results".

2. If necessary, touch and hold the relevant measurement files.

3. Touch the three dots at the top of the screen .

Customizing the Measurement File List

You can use combinations of the following options to customize the view of the mea-
surement file list.
● Task ID
● Custom ID
● Device ID
● Tag labels

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 140

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Settings

To customize the measurement file list

1. Touch the menu icon at the top of the screen and touch "Results".

2. Specify the information that you want to use for the filename.
a) Touch the overflow menu icon at the top of the screen.

Figure 3-155: Custom filename options

b) Touch the information options that you want to view in the list.
Note: The "Flat view" option includes the path to the results file.

3.2.5 Events

For more information, see Chapter 3.1.3.9, "Events Monitor", on page 63.

3.2.6 Notifications

You can configure notifications based on signaling messages or on display values. A

standard Android notification informs you about a new QualiPoc notification. You can
also use a custom sound or vibration for each notification.

► To add a notification, touch the plus sign (+):

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 141

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Settings

Figure 3-156: Add and configure a notification

► To view the event history of the notification, touch the occurrence of the notification
in the list.

3.2.7 Forcing

On the Forcing screen,"" you can select the used data interface and the technology/
bands that you want to force the phone to use.

The forcing that you configure here applies to all the tests that you run, unless you
specify additional forcing options in a test or session configuration.

To select the data interface

1. Touch the menu icon at the top of the screen, touch "Settings", and then touch
"Forcing".

2. Touch "Used data interface". Select among the following options:

● "None": Disable mobile data and Wi-Fi.
● "Default": Keep the current state.
● "Mobile data": Enable mobile data and disable Wi-Fi.
● "Wi-Fi": Disable mobile data and enable Wi-Fi.
● "All": Enable mobile data and Wi-Fi.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 142

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Settings

Figure 3-157: Used data interface settings

Note: This static data interface forcing is reapplied each time a campaign ends.

To enable technology forcing

1. Touch the menu icon at the top of the screen, touch "Settings", and then touch
"Forcing"

2. Touch "Technology forcing" (1)

3. Touch the technologies to be forced, e.g. "LTE" (2). Optionally, touch "Band forcing"
(3):
a) Touch the bands to be forced (4)
b) Touch "OK" (5)
Note: The list of available frequency bands for the technology depends on the
capabilities of the device.
4. Touch "Done" (6)

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 143

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Settings

Figure 3-158: Forcing settings

If you experience any issues with forcing and/or advanced forcing functionalities, do
not try solving them by performing a factory reset on the phone. Contact our Customer
Support Center instead.
Please consult Chapter F, "Customer Support Center", on page 448 for the best
method to contact us.

3.2.7.1 Advanced Forcing

The "Advanced Forcing" option allows you to lock a phone to a specific technology,
that is, static forcing, such as LTE EARFCN, LTE PCI, WCDMA UARFCN, WCDMA
PSC, and GSM BCCH.

For a complete description of the current device support of advanced forcing features,
see the 18.0 Release Notes.
This feature is only supported in Handheld mode and does not add any information to
the measurement file, that is, you will not see this information in NQDI.

You can use advanced forcing as campaign forcing. As with static advanced forcing,
when you apply advanced forcing, a Forcing dialog box remains open. This process
can take up to 30 seconds to complete. On some phones, a reboot is required. While
the forcing is on, the "Stop campaign" command is available. Again, on some phones,

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 144

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Settings

the "Stop campaign" action initiates a reboot. For the affected phone models, see the
18.0 Release Notes.
When a campaign with advanced campaign forcing is running, the "Forcing" menu is
not available. Furthermore, campaign forcing overwrites any existing static forcing. At
the end of the campaign, the campaign forcing is reset and, if set, the static forcing is
applied. For example, if you configure static forcing and then start a campaign
sequence that contains at least one campaign that is configured with advanced cam-
paign forcing, that particular campaign uses the advanced campaign forcing while the
other campaigns in the sequence use the static forcing.
If the selected cell has poor coverage, the device might take longer than 25 seconds to
camp on the cell.

To enable advanced forcing

1. Touch the menu icon at the top of the screen, touch "Settings", and then touch
"Forcing"

2. Touch "Advanced forcing" (1) and touch "Network type" (2)

3. Select the technology, e.g. "WCDMA" (3)

4. Type the number of the channel that you want to lock, e.g. 10588 (4), and then
touch "OK" (5)

5. Touch "Done" (6)

Figure 3-159: Enabling advanced forcing

6. Wait for the forcing to be applied:

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 145

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Settings

Figure 3-160: Applying forcing

QualiPoc automatically disables Technology Band Forcing. On some phones, such

as the Samsung Galaxy S4 (GT-I9506), the device reboots even if a measurement
is underway.
Note:
● When you select an advanced forcing option, QualiPoc Handheld automatically
disables other static forcing options, that is, "Technology Forcing", and "Band
Forcing", and then restarts the phone, even if a campaign is running.
● The forcing remains enabled even when you reboot the phone.
● You can only create a WCDMA Primary Scrambling Code (PSC) lock after you
create the WCDMA UARFCN lock. The PSC lock is optional.
● In a dual carrier scenario, QualiPoc Handheld only applies the UARFCN lock to
the first carrier.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 146

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Settings

Example:
The locked PSC is the only PSC that appears in the active set list, although the locked
PSC is weaker than others.

Figure 3-161: PSC lock

Example:
Although the locked PCI signal is weaker than one of the neighbors, PCI remains as
the serving signal.

Figure 3-162: LTE PCI lock

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 147

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Settings

If you experience any issues with forcing and/or advanced forcing functionalities, do
not try solving them by performing a factory reset on the phone. Contact our Customer
Support Center instead.
Please consult Chapter F, "Customer Support Center", on page 448 for the best
method to contact us.

3.2.8 Unit Configuration

● Operation Mode.................................................................................................... 148

● Unit Configuration................................................................................................. 151
● Results Files..........................................................................................................152
● Battery Options..................................................................................................... 152

3.2.8.1 Operation Mode

● "Handheld": QualiPoc Handheld device

● "Freerider Slave": QualiPoc Freerider II or Freerider III device that is controlled by a
QualiPoc Freerider Freerider II or Freerider III Master device.
For more information, see the Manual - QualiPoc Freerider II.pdf and
Manual - QualiPoc Freerider III.pdf documents
● "Freerider Master": QualiPoc Freerider II or Freerider III device that controls the
QualiPoc slave devices in a Freerider II or Freerider III system
● "Remote Probe (SmartMonitor)": Turns the QualiPoc device into a QualiPoc
Android Probe for use with SmartMonitor.
For more information, see the online help in SmartMonitor

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 148

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Settings

Figure 3-163: QualiPoc operation modes

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 149

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Settings

Switching between operation modes

QualiPoc displays an auto-apply dialog (with a five seconds countdown timer) when
you switch to the following operation modes:
● "Handheld"
● "Freerider Master"
● "Local Probe (SmartBenchmarker)"
● "Local Probe (ROMES)"

Figure 3-164: Switch operation mode dialog

QualiPoc needs a confirmation when you switch to the following operation modes:
● "Freerider Slave": QualiPoc wait for the master device selection.
● "Remote Probe (SmartMonitor)": QualiPoc wait for the QR code scanning and the
phone number entry.
For setting up the correct communication on operation mode changes, QualiPoc
restarts when you switch from:
● "Freerider Master" to any operation mode
● any operation mode to "Remote Probe (SmartMonitor)"
● any operation mode to "Local Probe (SmartBenchmarker)"
● any operation mode to "Local Probe (ROMES)"

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 150

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Settings

Remote Control (NQView), as a control software, is no longer supported, starting

from release 17.0
This update has the following effects:
● The associated mentions, e.g. "RC", are replaced by "Probe" (1):

Figure 3-165: GUI modifications

● "Remote control" folder is renamed "Probe"

● The following features are not available anymore:
– NQView control
– NQView task conversion
– NQView alarming
– Direct task format support
– Control communication over FTP files
– Feedback over SMS

3.2.8.2 Unit Configuration

Under "Unit configuration" screen you can specify:

● "Unit name": it is useful for identifying the measurement files of a particular phone
during post processing. If you manually upload measurement files from a phone to
the media server, that is, with the "Results" command on the main menu, the unit
name is also used for the folder on the media server that contains the file.
● "Use time synchronization".
● "Device ID".

► To customize the Device ID of your QualiPoc device, touch the menu icon at the
top of the screen , touch "Settings" > "Unit Configuration" > "Select device ID", type
the new ID, and then touch "OK".

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 151

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Settings

Note: NQView uses this ID in "Replay" mode to distinguish between the different
FR Slave devices of a Freerider II and Freerider III system when you load Freerider
II or Freerider III measurement files.

3.2.8.3 Results Files

Auto Compression
The "Auto Compression" option saves the results in the compressed *.sqz file format.
If you disable this option, QualiPoc saves the results in the uncompressed in *.mf file
format.

This option is only available for QualiPoc in "Handheld" mode.

Results Files Tagging / Upload

Refer to Chapter 3.4.1, "Automatically Uploading Measurement Files to a Server",
on page 181.

3.2.8.4 Battery Options

Adjust the following thresholds under "Battery Options":

● "Power save threshold" prevents QualiPoc Handheld from starting a campaign or
QC trace logging when a certain battery level is reached. If the threshold is
reached during a campaign, QualiPoc Handheld stops the campaign and QC trace
logging. In both cases, QualiPoc Handheld adds a "Battery too low" message to
the log file.
● "Battery charging control": if set to "Active", this setting prevents the battery from
being constantly charged, by setting a charging threshold.
– The battery starts charging when the percentage of charge goes below the
"Lower Threshold".
– The battery stops charging when the percentage of charge goes above the
"Upper Threshold".

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 152

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Settings

Figure 3-166: Battery charging control

This feature is available only on some devices, e.g., on Samsung S8.

The charging status is logged as records in the measurement file (if an active mea-
surement is ongoing) and as log entries in the log file.
The default battery thresholds are 60% (lower threshold) and 80% (upper threshold).
If the "Lower Threshold" value is lower than that the "Power save threshold", QualiPoc
Handheld automatically adjusts the "Power save threshold".
The battery stops charging whatever the unit's connection mode, i.e., connected to
USB in SmartBenchmarker or Freerider III use cases, or connected to an AC charger
in QualiPoc Handheld or QualiPoc Android Probe use cases. Anyway, the battery
charging LED and the charging icon are still visible.

3.2.9 Advanced Analysis Settings

The "Advanced analysis settings" screen allows you to configure additional QualiPoc
Handheld settings.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 153

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Settings

Figure 3-167: Advanced Analysis settings

● "Set max Thrpt for...": Allows you to set the maximum throughput in kbps for differ-
ent technologies.
This value is mostly used for charts and color coding.
● "Log captured IP packet": Enable this option to display the packet details in the IP
monitor

Figure 3-168: IP monitor reporting packet details

Note that this option is disabled by default; you only need it for real time packet
details' decoding in the IP monitor. To have packet details available in NQDI,
enable PCAP recording while configuring a campaign.
● "Raw IP Call Trace Logging".

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 154

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Settings

● "Disabling VoLTE": option to disable VoLTE calls

– When you open "Advanced Analysis Settings" for the first time after QualiPoc
starts, "Mobile networks" settings screen briefly shows-up and go

Figure 3-169: Mobile network settings

If "Disabling VoLTE" option is activated, then it is checked each time QualiPoc

starts
– This option supports two types of firmware:
1. If a UI flag is available in the Mobile Application Settings, to enable or dis-
able VoLTE, then the handling is done using this flag and supported starting
from Android 4.3
2. If such a UI flag is not available and an IMS package is found, then the IMS
is enabled or disabled. After activating VoLTE disabling (disable package), a
reboot is forced. After deactivating VoLTE disabling (enable package), a
modem restart is forced. It is supported starting with Android 4.3
– For devices not supporting this feature, the option is grayed out
● "Logcat Logging": check the box to enable Logcat logging and store enhanced
debugging information for your QualiPoc device.
– The process starts writing a log file when QualiPoc starts and runs as long as
QualiPoc runs, i.e when QualiPoc is measuring and when QualiPoc is in idle
mode.
– QualiPoc stores Logcat files and regular log files under the same folder but the
Logcat filename have the following naming convention:
[unitname]-[unitID]-logcat-[date-time]_[number].log
When QualiPoc starts, a .dump file is created. When this file reaches 100 MB,
the ending becomes .dump.1. Regularly, i.e at startup, each 60 seconds and
at exit, .dump.1 files are renamed to .log.
Note: QualiPoc performs a memory check each 60 seconds; if the SD card
memory is less than 300 MB, the oldest Logcat files are deleted. Logcat files
are deleted after seven days.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 155

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Settings

● "Layer 3 UI Decoder": by default, decoding of layer 3 messages is enabled.

Uncheck the box to disable it and improve Freerider III master performances.

As this option can degrade the measurement performance of the phone, you should
only enable Raw QC trace logging for troubleshooting a problem.

3.2.9.1 EVS Codec Support

QualiPoc supports the enhanced voice services (EVS) codec developped by 3GPP,
and intended for VoLTE release 12. The support of playing and recording 48 kHz voice
samples is part of the introduction of the codec. For more information about the
enhanced voice services (EVS) codec, refer to http://www.3gpp.org/ftp/Specs/archive/
26_series/26.441/26441-c00.zip, and particularly to "References" chapter.

3.2.10 Appearance

Specifies the theme that QualiPoc Handheld uses and provides an option to disable
the screen timeout, that is, the "Keep screen on" option.

Figure 3-170: Appearance settings

The "Keep screen on" option overrides the system screen timeout settings, for exam-
ple, you cannot press the power button to turn the screen off. If you select the "Allow
screen to be dimmed" option, QualiPoc Handheld uses the Android "Screen timeout"
setting to dim the screen.

3.2.11 Import/Export Configuration

You can export and import the following configuration files:

● Campaign settings
● Workspaces
● Custom Monitors
● Predefined Monitors

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 156

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Settings

● Signaling Settings
● BTS Settings
● Tile caches
● Tile providers
● Text markers

Figure 3-171: Import/Export Configuration screen

3.2.11.1 Exporting a Configuration File

You export the QualiPoc Handheld configuration files over Bluetooth and Wi-Fi, and
over the Internet through Email, and Dropbox

Some devices do not support Wi-Fi. To use the Email option, you need to configure the
Email server settings on your phone. For Dropbox support you need the Dropbox appli-
cation on your phone.

To export a configuration file

1. Touch the menu icon at the top of the screen and touch "Settings > Import/export
configuration".

2. Touch "Export configuration".

3. Touch the settings that you want to export to the configuration file.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 157

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Settings

Figure 3-172: Export settings

4. Export the configuration settings.

a) To export the files to the SD card, touch the save icon at the top of the
screen, touch, enter a name for the file, and touch "Export".

Figure 3-173: Export file name

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 158

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Settings

b) To export the files off the phone, touch the share icon at the top of the
screen, enter a name for the file, touch "Export",touch a service in the list, for
example, "Email", and follow the instructions.

Figure 3-174: Export file name

Figure 3-175: Send File via

5. Touch an export option and follow the instructions.

3.2.11.2 Importing a Configuration File

QualiPoc can only import a campaign from an SD card in the phone.

To import a configuration file

1. Copy the qpc file of the measurement campaign, or the *.ZIP file that contains
the configuration files that you want to import, to the SD card on the phone.

2. Touch the menu icon at the top of the screen and touch "Settings" > "Import
Configuration".

3. Use the icons on the navigation toolbar at the top of the screen to go to the direc-
tory that contains the configuration file, touch the name of the file, and then touch
"OK".

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 159

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Settings

Figure 3-176: Import configuration file

Note: This process overwrites the relevant configuration settings on the phone.

3.2.12 Text Markers

Allows you to create, export, and import custom text markers that you can add during a
measurement.

Figure 3-177: Text markers

► To search for an existing text marker, touch the Search icon , and start typing the
name of the marker.

3.2.12.1 Creating Text Markers

To create a text marker

1. Touch the menu icon at the top of the screen and touch "Settings" > "Text mark-
ers".

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 160

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Settings

2. Touch the plus sign (+) at the top of the screen.

3. Type a name for the text marker and touch "OK".

► To edit a text marker, touch and hold the name in the list.

► To delete a text marker, touch and hold the marker, and then touch the trash icon
at the top of the screen.
Tip: Touch additional markers to expand the selection.

Figure 3-178: Delete text markers

3.2.12.2 Importing Text Markers

This section describes how to prepare and import text markers in the text marker edi-
tor.

● You can export and import text markers through the "Import/Export Configuration"
menu. For more information, see Chapter 3.2.11, "Import/Export Configuration",
on page 156.
● When you import a text marker file, QualiPoc deletes the existing markers.

To import text markers from a text file

This procedure deletes the existing text markers.
1. Create a text file that contains one text marker per line and then copy the file to
your phone.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 161

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Settings

Figure 3-179: Text marker text file

2. In QualiPoc Handheld, touch the menu icon at the top of the screen and touch
"Settings" > "Text markers".

3. Touch the overflow menu icon and touch "Import from a text file".

4. Locate the text file, for example, Markers.txt and touch "Select".
QualiPoc overwrites any existing text markers.

3.2.12.3 Adding Text Markers During a Measurement

You can add custom text markers to the measurement file during a measurement cam-
paign.
For a description on how to create and delete a text marker, see Chapter 3.2.12, "Text
Markers", on page 160.

To add a text marker during a measurement

1. On any tab, touch the down arrow at the top of the screen and touch "Add text
marker".

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 162

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Settings

Figure 3-180: Add a text marker

2. Touch a marker in the list.

3.2.13 Apps

3.2.13.1 YouTube App Version

QualiPoc allows you to specify the version of the YouTube App that the phone uses.

YouTube App Versions

SwissQual supports the following versions of the YouTube App:
● 10.34.57
● 11.27.53
● 11.49.55
● 12.15.55
● 12.47.58
These versions use encrypted HTTP traffic, that is, HTTPS and adaptive streaming.

Available KPIs
The following tables describe the KPIs that you can measure with each version of the
YouTube App.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 163

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
QualiPoc Settings

For more information on the YouTube KPIs, see the

Application Note - ETSI YouTube KPIs in Diversity and QualiPoc.pdf
document.
Table 3-12: YouTube KPIs

KPI Name Start Trigger End Trigger

10620 Data - YouTube - IP Service Access N.a. N.a.

10621 Data - YouTube - Streaming Access N.a. N.a.

20620 Data - YouTube - Player Download N.a. N.a.

20621 Data - YouTube - Playback Video Tace: Displaying Flash, Stream: Clip end
reached

30621 Data - YouTube - Reproduction N.a. N.a.

Start Delay

10625 Data - YouTube - Video Access N.a. N.a.

20625 Data - YouTube - Video Download N.a. N.a.

Google Play Services Requirements

When you change the YouTube app version, an update of the Google Play Service
may be required; it is executed when the new version is selected.

Figure 3-181: Google Play services version

3.2.13.2 Ookla Speedtest App Version

QualiPoc supports Ookla Speedtest App version 3.2.16 and 3.2.32. The test fails if this
version is not installed.

3.2.13.3 Line Version

The supported versions are Line 6.2.2 and Line 7.5.2.

For more details, refer to "To install Line" on page 347.

3.2.13.4 WhatsApp Version

The only supported version is WhatsApp 2.17.24

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 164

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
Creating and Running a Measurement Campaign

For more details, refer to "To install WhatsApp" on page 366.

3.2.13.5 FCC Speed Test Version

The only supported versions are FCC Speed Test version 1.122 and 1.123.
For more details, refer to "To install FCC Speed Test" on page 313.

3.2.13.6 Netflix Version

Download one of the supported versions:

● 4.9.5
● 4.12.1
For more details, refer to "To install Netflix" on page 281.

3.2.13.7 Instagram Version

The supported versions are 10.4.0.669 and 11.0.0.12.20.

For more details, refer to "To install Instagram" on page 334.

3.2.14 Update QualiPoc Handheld

Opens a menu where you can update QualiPoc Handheld to the latest version as well
as configure the display of update warnings.

Figure 3-182: Update QualiPoc

For a description on how to update Handheld, see Chapter 2.5, "Updating QualiPoc
Software", on page 27.

3.3 Creating and Running a Measurement Campaign

QualiPoc allows you to quickly configure and run a measurement campaign, which can
consist of a single test, an action, a session, or a sequence of tests and sessions.
If you want to configure and a measurement campaign that uses a scanner, see Chap-
ter 4, "Using a Scanner", on page 194.
For a description on how to import and export campaign configuration files, see Chap-
ter 3.2.11.2, "Importing a Configuration File", on page 159.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 165

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
Creating and Running a Measurement Campaign

To create and run a measurement campaign

1. Touch the main menu ,touch "Campaigns", and then touch the drawer icon .
Note: If the phone contains XML campaign files, QualiPoc prompts you to migrate
them (to JSON format):

Figure 3-183: Migrate campaigns to JSON format

● When you migrate old files, QualiPoc renames the files to *.bkp.
● If inside a campaign, a test cannot be migrated, QualiPoc removes this test
from the related campaign:
Example of tests that cannot be migrated:
– Dropbox or Facebook tests require an access token that you define under
"Settings > Apps". In older tests, the token is a parameter of the test itself.
● If the migration fails, the unconverted files remain. To prevent QualiPoc from
prompting you each time you open the campaign editor, check "Do not show
again" box.
2. Touch the "Add job" icon , enter a name for the job, and then touch "OK".

3. Touch "Add test" and touch a test category, and then touch a test.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 166

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
Creating and Running a Measurement Campaign

Figure 3-184: Add test

4. Touch and specify the basic settings for the test, for example, the name of the
"Host".

Figure 3-185: Test settings

1 = Expand / collapse the test

2 = Press for advanced test's settings
3 = Forcing

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 167

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
Creating and Running a Measurement Campaign

4 = Define "Access points" and "Packet capture"

5 = Open the list of existing campaigns
6 = Quick test's settings

Tip:
● To undo your recent changes, touch the main menu , and touch "Revert cam-
paign".
This option reverts the campaign settings to the last time that you started Quali-
Poc.

Figure 3-186: Campaign editor menu

● To remove the campaign, touch the main menu , and touch "Reset cam-
paign".
5. Specify additional test settings.
● Touch the name of the test, for example, "HTTP Browser".

Figure 3-187: Additional settings

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 168

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
Creating and Running a Measurement Campaign

● To configure the "Network", "Technology", "Band", and "Advanced" forcing

options, touch the "Forcing" icon .

Figure 3-188: Applying forcing

The settings that you specify here override the QualiPoc "Forcing" settings that
you specified in Chapter 3.2.7, "Forcing", on page 142
● To select an access point for the job, touch the "Access points" icon .

Figure 3-189: Access points

● To enable packet capture for the measurement, touch the "Packet capture" icon
.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 169

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
Creating and Running a Measurement Campaign

Figure 3-190: Packet capture settings

When you enable this option, the icon turns green.

Three file generation options are available:
– "Per session": the file is generated for each session. NQDI supports only
this option.
– "Per failed session": the file is recorded and kept only for failed sessions;
for call and call/data tests, a session is considered as failed when the call is
dropped or failed, while for data tests, a session is considered as failed
when at least one of the tests failed. Aborted tests are not considered as
failed, i.e., tests that you voluntarily stop or tests that stop due to low bat-
tery, low storage, speed —or geofence— triggers-related.
– "Per measurement": the file is generated for each measurement.
● To specify the window timings, touch the "Window Timings" icon .

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 170

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
Creating and Running a Measurement Campaign

Figure 3-191: Window Timings

6. (Optional) To specify the scheduling options, touch the icon (1), and touch
"Scheduling" (2):

Figure 3-192: Scheduling options

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 171

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
Creating and Running a Measurement Campaign

7. (Optional): Assign a name to the job and job file.

● To assign a name to the job, touch and hold the name of the job, touch the con-
text menu , and touch "Rename".

Figure 3-193: Rename job

● To change the name of the job file in the QualiPoc/Jobs folder, touch the
drawer icon at the bottom of the screen, touch the context menu for the job
, and touch "Rename."

Figure 3-194: Rename job file

8. Add another test or session to the job.

Tip: Touch the "Forcing" icon for a session to configure the forcing settings to
apply to all the tests in the session.
9. To start the campaign, touch the "Start" icon at the top of screen.
Note: When a campaign starts and the internal GPS is disabled, the following
message is displayed

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 172

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
Creating and Running a Measurement Campaign

Figure 3-195: GPS location disabled

3.3.1 Forcing Options for Tests and Sessions

You can configure forcing options in a single test or a session with multiple tests.
These settings override the forcing options that are specified in the "Forcing" entry in
the "QualiPoc Settings".

Figure 3-196: Forcing options

● "Flight mode on/off": Runs once at the start of a single test or, if configured, at the
start of the first test in a test sequence.
If you use this setting in a test that is lower in the sequence, the procedure runs at
the start of each cycle.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 173

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
Creating and Running a Measurement Campaign

3.3.2 Stopping a Measurement Job

► To stop a campaign, touch the main menu and then touch "Stop campaign".

3.3.3 Loading a Measurement Campaign

► To load an existing measurement campaign, touch the drawer icon , touch a

campaign in the list, for example, "FTP DL", and touch the drawer again.

Figure 3-197: Load FTP DL Campaign

3.3.4 Battery Level and Disk Space Considerations

The following conditions prevent a measurement campaign from starting on the phone:
● Battery level < 10%
● < 150 MB of free space on SD card
The following conditions cause a running campaign to stop:
● Battery level < 5%
● < 100 MB of free space on SD card

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 174

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
Managing Measurement Results

If the phone is connected to the charger with a USB cable, the battery might not charge
fast enough to compensate for the power consumption of tests that use HS and LTE
technologies. In such a scenario, the phone can suddenly turn off when the battery
level drops below 5% despite being connected to a charger.
You can view the battery level and free space warnings on the "Log" tab.

Figure 3-198: Low battery level and low storage warnings on the Log tab

3.4 Managing Measurement Results

The "Results" screen allows you to compress, to upload, and to delete measurement
files and crash dumps.
You can also filter the files according to type, that is, the *.mf, *.crashdump, *.sqz,
and *.crashdump.zip. When you compress a measurement file, the entire contents
of the file, that is, audio recording, *.pcap files, photo markers, screen shots, indoor
maps, and *.tab files, are included in the "*.sqz" compressed file.
QualiPoc and Freerider master tablet are identically structured and stored in
\QualiPoc\Results\<Campaign name>\<Campaign start datetime>\
[<Optional Tag>]\<System name>\<Unit name>.

To manage measurement results using "Results" menu

1. To manage measurement results, touch the menu icon , and then touch
"Results". The list of executed jobs is displayed, with job name, job start time and
duration.
● Icons (1) display the file status (complete, recording). If set, the tag (2) is dis-
played. Scanner recording icon (3) is displayed as well if scanner recording
was enabled in the job. A search field (4) allows a search by keywords:

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 175

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
Managing Measurement Results

Figure 3-199: Results presentation

● Filter by time, name, or tag (1)

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 176

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
Managing Measurement Results

Figure 3-200: Filtering capabilities

● By touching the overflow icon (1), you refresh the list, you get all connected
NCM results, or you switch to the "Result Browser" (see "To manage measure-
ment results using "Results" menu" on page 175 for more details on the result
browser). Touch the back button to switch from "Result Browser" to "Results"
menu

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 177

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
Managing Measurement Results

Figure 3-201: Overflow options

● When you touch one result, the following options are available:
Merge scanner (see * below) and device data or compress *.mf file to *.sqz
file (if auto-compression is not enabled in the Unit configuration (1). Upload (4),
share (5), tag (6) and delete (7) a measurement file. Replay the device file (2).
Replay the scanner file (3) if available and only before merging, without GPS
coordinates. Export survey data (8)

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 178

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
Managing Measurement Results

Figure 3-202: Result options

* When accessing the results menu, the device checks if any unmerged scan-
ner file is available, and in this case allows to merge all of them:

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 179

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
Managing Measurement Results

2. To manage measurement results, touch the menu icon , and then touch
"Results". Touch the overflow icon on top right and touch "Result Browser", which
allows to check the device's memory as a Windows browser:
● To sort the list of results touch the overflow menu icon .

Figure 3-203: Results options

● To delete results, touch and hold a result in the list, and then touch the delete
icon .
You can touch more than one result.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 180

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
Managing Measurement Results

Figure 3-204: Upload results

● To upload a measurement file, touch and hold the results file, touch the
"Upload" icon at the top of the screen.
● Touch the back button to switch from "Result Browser" to "Results" menu

The files are uploaded to the server that you specify.

3.4.1 Automatically Uploading Measurement Files to a Server

In addition to manually uploading a result file to a server, you can also configure Quali-
Poc to automatically upload result files to an FTP or HTTP server.

To configure QualiPoc to automatically upload result files

1. Touch the menu icon and touch "Settings > Unit Configuration".

2. Touch "Results Files Tagging/Upload" and touch "Auto Upload".

Figure 3-205: Automatically upload result files

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 181

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
Managing Measurement Results

3. In the "Result Files Upload Connection Profile" area, touch "Select connection
type", and then touch "FTP" or "HTTP".

Figure 3-206: HTTP post configuration for upload files

Note:
If you want to use the HTTP post method to upload the files, touch "HTTP form
upload". Use the following format for the host name: HostName/
PostScriptFileName, for example, 82.220.1.20/post.php. If you want to use a
custom script file on your server, you need to edit the properties in the following
file: \sdcard\QualiPoc\Settings\Upload\httpform.properties. You
can configure the POST method to use file or text form input.
4. Touch "Auto upload".

5. (Optional): Configure an email notification for when the upload completes.

a) In the "Auto-upload e-mail notifications" area, touch "E-mail notifications
enabled".
b) Touch "Recipients" and enter the email addresses, separated by a comma, to
send the notifications to.
c) Specify the email server settings.
● Touch "Outgoing Mail Server Name" and enter the name or IP address of
the server.
● Touch "Port number" and specify the port number for the server.
● Touch "Use SSL" and specify the security options for the server.
● Touch "Use Authentication" and in the "Selected username" and "Selected
password" areas, specify the login information.

When QualiPoc starts uploading the file, the phone status reports "On hold (file trans-
fer)".

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 182

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
Managing Measurement Results

3.4.2 Exporting Survey Data

You can export the survey data from your measurements to a *.CSV file. To export
survey data from an iBwave file, see Chapter 3.4.3.2, "Exporting Survey Data from
QualiPoc to iBwave Mobile Apps", on page 188.

The export process uses templates to select the measurement parameters. If you
want, you can also create and save a custom export template.

To export survey data from a measurement file

1. Add the survey data tocampaign a Map.
a) Start a campaign and open the "Map" monitor.
b) Touch the context menu and enable "Add Manual Location".
c) Touch the map to add waypoints to your route.

2. Stop the campaign, touch the main menu , and touch "Results".

3. Touch and hold the measurement file, touch the context menu , and touch
"Export survey data".

4. Touch "Generic Survey Data (.csv)".

Figure 3-207: Export survey data

5. To export the data with a predefined template, touch a template in the list, for
example, "Default (Cell signal level)", and touch "OK".

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 183

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
Managing Measurement Results

Figure 3-208: Select a pre-defined template

6. (Optional): Create and use a custom template to export the survey data.
a) Touch the plus sign (+) beside "Template".
b) Swipe to the category of parameters that you want to include, for example,
"LTE Cell", touch the parameters, and then touch "Done".

Figure 3-209: Select the parameters to include in the CSV file

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 184

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
Managing Measurement Results

c) Type a name for the temple and touch "OK".

Figure 3-210: Template name

d) Touch the new template and touch "OK".

Figure 3-211: Select custom template

7. (Optional) Share the exported data.

a) Touch the Share icon beside the file.

Figure 3-212: Share exported data

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 185

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
Managing Measurement Results

b) Touch the sharing method that you want to use.

Figure 3-213: Select a sharing mechanism

3.4.3 iBwave Mobile

You can share QualiPoc measurement results with the iBwave Mobile apps.

QualiPoc supports IBwave file format versions 1.5 and 1.4.

3.4.3.1 Importing an iBwave Floor Plan Into QualiPoc

To share an iBwave Mobile project with QualiPoc

1. Create a project in iBwave Mobile Planner.
● Add a layout plan, that is, a floor plan.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 186

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
Managing Measurement Results

Figure 3-214: iBwave Mobile Planner

● Add a floor to the plan.

● Add another building.
● Customize your project.
Note: You can also open an existing project with the Download icon .
2. Touch the share icon to export the project.

3. In QualiPoc, load the iBwave *.ibwc file.

a) On the map monitor, go to context menu, choose "Layers"
b) Touch the context menu next to the Floor plan, then touch "Import new iBwave
project".
c) Locate the *.ibwc file and touch "Select".
Note: For a floor plan with multiple floors, you can separate the floors.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 187

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
Managing Measurement Results

3.4.3.2 Exporting Survey Data from QualiPoc to iBwave Mobile Apps

You can only export survey data that you added to an iBwave *.ibwc file that you
imported into QualiPoc.

To export survey data from QualiPoc to iBwave Mobile apps

1. Start a campaign and open the "Map" monitor.

2. Touch the context menu and enable "Add Manual Location".

3. Touch the map to add waypoints to your route.

4. Export the survey data.

a) Stop the campaign, touch the main menu , and touch "Results".
b) Touch and hold the measurement file, touch the context menu , and touch
"Export survey data".

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 188

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
Managing Measurement Results

c) Touch "iBwave Mobile (.ibwc)".

Figure 3-215: Export survey data

5. In the list of results, touch the iBwave export icon beside the survey data that you
want to import into iBwave Mobile Planner.

Figure 3-216: Export IBWC file from QualiPoc

6. In the iBwave Mobile app, click the file, and then click "Import".

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 189

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
Managing Measurement Results

Figure 3-217: Import ibwc file in iBwave Mobile Planner

3.4.3.3 Exporting Scanner Data from QualiPoc to iBwave Mobile Apps

You can export scanner data from QualiPoc measurement files, containing the iBwave
project (floor plans) and manually entered map positions (on the floor plans).

To export scanner data from QualiPoc to iBwave Mobile apps

1. Select QualiPoc measurement file

2. Click

3. Select "iBwave Mobile (.ibwc)" on the following dialog

Figure 3-218: Export survey data dialog

4. Select "Scanner data" option and the technologies you want to export by checking
the corresponding checkboxes accordingly

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 190

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
Managing Measurement Results

Figure 3-219: Select technologies dialog

5. Click "OK". The exported scanner file name (*.ibwc) consists of the iBwave proj-
ect name (previously imported into QualiPoc) and of the following suffix: "Scanner"

6. Click one of the iBwave app icons to open the file in the corresponding iBwave
Mobile app

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 191

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
Managing Measurement Results

After opening the file into the iBwave app, for instance iBwave Mobile Note, the data is
parsed, which requires a couple of minutes.
iBwave Mobile Note lists and checks all available scanner data. Uncheck the data you
do not want to import.
Click "Import" to start the import process.

Figure 3-220: iBwave Mobile Note import process

Once imported, the scanner data are displayed as follows

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 192

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using QualiPoc
Managing Measurement Results

Figure 3-221: Scanner data display in iBwave Mobile Note

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 193

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using a Scanner

4 Using a Scanner
QualiPoc provides an easy scanner configuration and detailed scanner result views.
You can use the following scanners with QualiPoc Handheld:
● Rohde & Schwarz TSMA scanner

Figure 4-1: TSMA scanner

● PCTel SeeGull IBflex scanner

Figure 4-2: IBflex scanner

For a TSMA scanner, you only need to perform the following configuration steps once.
WLAN access point is always on except when QualiPoc is running a measurement.
For a PCTel IBflex scanner, you need to perform these steps each time that you start
QualiPoc or the IBflex scanner.

● Connecting a Scanner...........................................................................................195
● Creating a Scan.................................................................................................... 199
● Recording and Transferring Scanner Data........................................................... 208
● TSMA/PC Battery Consideration...........................................................................209
● Monitoring Scanner Data...................................................................................... 210
● Exporting and Importing Scanner Configuration Profiles...................................... 217

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 194

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using a Scanner
Connecting a Scanner

● Automatic Channel Detection................................................................................218

● Downlink Allocation Analysis (DLAA)....................................................................225
● RF Power Scan..................................................................................................... 230

4.1 Connecting a Scanner

You can connect to a TSMA or an iBflex scanner.

4.1.1 Connecting a TSMA Scanner to QualiPoc

If you do not have the correct license to use the scanner with QualiPoc, contact our
support center.
Please consult Chapter F, "Customer Support Center", on page 448 for the best
method to contact us.

To connect a TSMA scanner to a QualiPoc Device

1. Turn on the TSMA scanner

2. In QualiPoc, touch the main menu , and then touch "Device manager"

3. Touch the plus sign (+) at the top of the screen and touch "NCM"

Figure 4-3: Add NCM

Note: The NCM provides the bluetooth connection to the scanner.

4. Touch "Scan" at the top of the screen and wait until the scanning process stops

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 195

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using a Scanner
Connecting a Scanner

Figure 4-4: Scan for NCM

5. Touch "[Disconnected]", touch the TSMA scanner in the list, for example,
"TSMA-900012"

Figure 4-5: Pair NCM

Touch "OK" to accept the pairing request

Figure 4-6: Bluetooth pairing request

The scanner appears in the "Devices" list upon successful detection

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 196

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using a Scanner
Connecting a Scanner

Figure 4-7: Scanner ready

4.1.2 Connecting to an IBflex Scanner

If you do not have the correct license to use the scanner with QualiPoc, contact our
support center.
Please consult Chapter F, "Customer Support Center", on page 448 for the best
method to contact us.

To connect a QualiPoc Device to an IBflex scanner

This procedure requires an active network or WiFi connection.
1. Turn on the scanner and wait for the scanner to initialize:
● "SYS" LED is a steady green.
● "WiFi/BT" LED is a steady blue

USB port for WiFi

testing with WiFi
adapter

SMA Connector for WiFi SMB connector for

Communications/Bluetooth the GPS antenna
Ethernet port (LAN)

USB data
connector COM WiFi/BT
(COM) USB
Power switch
GPS

Bluetooth and LAN GPS LED

WiFi LED SD SYS
RF1 RF2 SD card port

SD LED

SMA connectors for

RF antennas

Figure 4-8: Back panel of IBflex scanner

2. In QualiPoc, touch the main menu , and then touch "Device manager".

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 197

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using a Scanner
Connecting a Scanner

3. Touch the plus sign (+) at the top of the screen and touch "PCTEL SeeGull".

Figure 4-9: Add PCTEL SeeGull

4. At the prompt to download and install "SeaGull Connect", touch "OK".

Figure 4-10: Install SeeGull Connect

5. Touch "Scan devices" at the bottom of the screen and wait until the scanning proc-
ess stops.

6. Touch "IBflex" in the list.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 198

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using a Scanner
Creating a Scan

Figure 4-11: IBflex connected

4.2 Creating a Scan

The following procedure describes how to create a scan for a TSMA or an iBflex scan-
ner.

To create a new scan

1. Touch the main menu , and then touch "Device manager".

2. In the "Devices" list, click the scanner.

Figure 4-12: Devices list

3. Click "Add scan" at the bottom of the screen.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 199

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using a Scanner
Creating a Scan

Figure 4-13: Add scan

4. Touch to configure the scan parameters and touch "Done".

Figure 4-14: Scanner configuration

Tip: Touch a default scan template in the list, for example, "GSM Scan, BSIC".
Note: Repeat this step for each scan that you want to configure.
You can define a channel range only for GSM technology. You cannot define chan-
nel ranges, when you configure LTE and WCDMA scans, but just single channels,
and multiple channels for the same band:

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 200

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using a Scanner
Creating a Scan

Figure 4-15: Multiple channel definition

If you want to configure a scan that uses Automatic Channel Detection, see Chap-
ter 4.7, "Automatic Channel Detection", on page 218.
If you are configuring a PCTel IBflex scanner, do not change the default scanner
"Name" or enable the "Save results to SD-Card" option in the configuration.
For a complete description of the IBflex configuration options, see Chapter 4.2.1,
"IBflex Scanner Configuration Options", on page 203.

Figure 4-16: IBflex options

5. If you want to create a new profile, touch the plus sign (+) beside the profile list,
enter a Name for the profile, and then touch "OK".

6. Touch "Apply", touch "OK" on the "Apply scanner configuration" screen, and then
touch "Done".

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 201

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using a Scanner
Creating a Scan

Figure 4-17: Applying scanner configuration

7. (Optional) Save the scanner measurement files.

a) Touch the main menu and touch "Campaigns".
b) At the bottom of the screen, touch the "Start Scanner Measurement" check
box.

Figure 4-18: Start Scanner Measurement

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 202

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using a Scanner
Creating a Scan

4.2.1 IBflex Scanner Configuration Options

You need to take the following considerations into account when you configure an
IBflex scan.

4.2.1.1 GSM Layer 3 Dwelling Time

The performance of the PCTEL IBflex scanner, that is, the scan rate, when the BCCH
Layer 3 scan and C/I options are enabled, can be very poor if all of the GSM bands
and channels are scanned. The maximum number of allowed channels is 2560. The
Layer 3 scan works on a dwelling time basis, that is, the scanner remains on a channel
for the duration of the dwelling time value to collect and report Layer 3 data.

Figure 4-19: Scan performance

► To optimize the GSM Layer 3 performance of the IBflex scanner, enter "Dwelling
time" of 3 in the scanner configuration.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 203

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using a Scanner
Creating a Scan

Figure 4-20: GSM scan options

Note: As the "Dwelling Time" for a GSM scan is defined as a multiple of 12 GSM
frames, the 3 value is equivalent to 166ms.

4.2.1.2 WCDMA Parameters

You can set a maximum of 24 channels for a WCDMA scan.

Figure 4-21: WCDMA scan options

The following parameters are always available for a WCDMA scan:

● "Band"

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 204

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using a Scanner
Creating a Scan

● "UARFCN"
● "RSSI"
● "Time Reference"
● "CPICH Ec/Io"
● "SIR"
The remaining parameter availability depend on whether the "BCCH Layer 3" option is
enabled or not.

Figure 4-22: BCCH Layer 3 enabled (right) and BCCH Layer 3 disabled (left)

4.2.1.3 LTE Scan Configuration

You can set a maximum of 24 channels for an LTE scan; however, some LTE bands do
not allow all configurable bandwidth and the validity of the LTE channels depends on
the bandwidth that you select.
Among other parameters, the LTE "Scanner" monitor displays the bandwidth that you
set in the scan configuration and the real EARFCN cell bandwidth.
If the bandwidth that you set in the configuration ("Scan BW") is lower than the mea-
sured bandwidth (Cell BW), some Layer 3 information might be incomplete or missing.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 205

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using a Scanner
Creating a Scan

Figure 4-23: LTE Signal (Sync) on the right and LTE Signal (Ref) on the left

LTE MIMO Data

The IBflex scanner has 2 RF antennas and is Multiple Input and Multiple Output
(MIMO) capable.

Figure 4-24: Scanner configuration

You can view the following MIMO parameters on the "LTE Signal (Ref.)" monitor:
● CN: Channel Condition Number
● Estimated CQI and Throughput for:
– L1cl: Single layer closed-loop spatial multiplexing (rank-1 precoding)

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 206

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using a Scanner
Creating a Scan

– L1ol: Single layer open-loop spatial multiplexing

– L2cl1: Dual layer closed-loop spatial multiplexing (Layer 1)
– L2cl2: Dual layer closed-loop spatial multiplexing (Layer 2)
– L2ol1: Dual layer open-loop spatial multiplexing (Layer 1)
– L2ol2: Dual layer open-loop spatial multiplexing (Layer 2)
● Mapping to Single-User MIMO Modes:
– Mode 6: L1cl
– Mode 2: (Transmit Diversity) L1ol
– Mode 4: L2cl1 & L2cl2
– Mode 3: L2ol1 & L2ol2

MIMO
data

Figure 4-25: MIMO data on LTE Signal (Ref.) monitor

► To view the RSSI, RSRP, and RSRQ information for each antenna as well as the
averaged value, touch the gear icon on the "LTE Signal (Ref.)" monitor, and touch
"Tx1/Tx2".

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 207

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using a Scanner
Recording and Transferring Scanner Data

Figure 4-26: Tx1/Tx2 option

MIMO measurement can also be performed by using two Rohde & Schwarz TSMA
scanners.

4.3 Recording and Transferring Scanner Data

You can configure a scanner to record data during a measurement.

Understanding the way the configured measurement rates are handled

The configuration rates are absolute maximum values. Even if possible, the scanner
will not report measurements faster.
When the scanner does not reach the configured measurement rates, due to RF envi-
ronment or configuration, i.e. a multiple technology configuration, values are weighted
and the proportion you set between technologies is kept.

If you are using a TSMA scanner, you need to transfer the data from the TSMA PC to
your QualiPoc Device. The scanner data is contained in two files:
● A position file, generated directly on the QualiPoc Device. The position information
is part of the mf file generated on the QP device.
● A scanner file.
Only the scanner file must be transferred and merged to the QualiPoc Device mf file.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 208

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using a Scanner
TSMA/PC Battery Consideration

IBflex scanner data is automatically added to the QualiPoc measurement file.

To record scanner data during a measurement

1. Touch the main menu and touch "Campaigns".

2. At the bottom of the screen, touch "Start Scanner Measurement".

Figure 4-27: Start Scanner Measurement

3. Touch the check mark ✔ at the top of the screen.

4.3.1 Collecting ROMES file

To record ROMES file, i.e. with a *.rscmd extension, check "Include SME results
(RSCMD)" in "Device manager - Scanner settings". The file is zipped (and part of the
scanner *.sqz archive), together with the *.mf file.

As *.rscmd file is 10 times larger than the *.mf file, do not enable the feature unless
really needed
Perform "Apply scanner configuration" to the scanner to enable or disable the RSCMD
file recording.

4.4 TSMA/PC Battery Consideration

When the TSMA/PC shuts down, e.g. due to low battery, the running measurement
files, located in "Recording" folder, in
D:\ProgramData\Rohde-Schwarz\DiversityProbe\RsDiversityProbe4QP\
stop.
Once the TSMA/PC starts again, the measurement files are zipped (into the correct
format for post processing) and moved to the "MeasurementFiles".

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 209

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using a Scanner
Monitoring Scanner Data

The same procedure also applies when TSMA/PC is switched off by pressing the
power button during a measurement.
Note that the scanner measurements are not resumed after a new start.

4.5 Monitoring Scanner Data

You can monitor scanner measurements in real time on the "Scanner" monitor. You can
set filters, for example, bands and channels, to customize the data that you view.

QualiPoc only creates a measurement file for the scanner data if you select the "Start
Scanner Measurement" check box in the "Device Manager" before the measurement.
However, QualiPoc always displays real-time measurement data on the "Scanner"
monitor.
If you use a mutliple monitor layout, be aware that the higher load on the Bluetooth link
might make real-time monitoring less responsive. The higher load does not have an
impact on the scanner data files.

To monitor the scans in realtime

When you connect a scanner, QualiPoc automatically populates the "Scanner" monitor
with data.
1. To monitor the scans in realtime, touch the "Scanner" monitor icon .

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 210

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using a Scanner
Monitoring Scanner Data

Locked channel
(click to lock or
clear selection)
You can select up
to 6 channels
Min, Max
and Avg
value over
the past 60
seconds

Figure 4-28: Scanner monitor

2. Customize the contents of the monitor.

● To refine the contents of the monitor, touch the gear icon, and touch a parame-
ter.

Figure 4-29: Filter scan results

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 211

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using a Scanner
Monitoring Scanner Data

● If you want to see a table instead of a chart, touch the context menu icon for
the monitor and disable the "Chart" option.

Figure 4-30: Disable Chart

Figure 4-31: Scanner data displayed in table instead of chart

● To display a channel even in the absence of data, touch and hold the channel.
The channel turns light grey.

The context menu for the "Scanner" monitor has the following commands:
● "Select rows": Specify the parameters to display in the lower part of the monitor for
each scanned channel
Each technology has different parameters.
● "Reset rows": Reverts the RF values to the default values
● "Change timeout": In bar chart mode, the channels are persistent until new values
arrive from the scanner
You can adjust the "Persistency timeout". The default value is 5 seconds.
In line chart mode, QualiPoc does not save the history when you switch between
scan type.
● "Clear selection": Clears the current selection.
● "Reset min/max/avg": Resets the minimum, maximum, and average values

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 212

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using a Scanner
Monitoring Scanner Data

4.5.1 Bar Chart Colors

In bar charts, the colors have the following meanings:

● Pink: Last value lower than previous
● Green: Last value higher than previous
● White: Last value equal to previous

Selected channels

Figure 4-32: Selected channels

4.5.2 Getting Scanner Results

The following procedure describes how to transfer TSMA scanner data to your Quali-
Poc Device.

You do not need to perform these steps for the IBflex scanner, for which QualiPoc
automatically adds the scanner data to the QualiPoc measurement file.
QualiPoc only creates the measurement files if you select the "Start Scanner Measure-
ment" check box in the "Jobs" menu before you start a measurement.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 213

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using a Scanner
Monitoring Scanner Data

To retrieve TSMA scanner data

1. Touch the main QualiPoc menu , and then touch "Results". Touch the overflow
button, and then "Get all NCM results".
Note: The PC uses the FR Master Wi-Fi hotspot for transferring the scanner mea-
surement files.
On the FR Master hotspot, set a specific Wi-Fi channel under "Settings > Freerider
> Wi-Fi access point channel" to minimize interference and increasing file transfer:

Figure 4-33: Set Wi-Fi access point channel

2. If you want to merge the scanner files with the QualiPoc measurement files, touch
"Merge now".

Figure 4-34: Merge scanner files

Note: When you merge the files, QualiPoc deletes the original scanner file from the
QualiPoc/Results/<Job name>/<Job start datetime>/<Scanner>
folder. You can also access the "Merge now" command on the "Results" screen.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 214

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using a Scanner
Monitoring Scanner Data

Figure 4-35: Merge scanner files on Results screen

Scanner files are deleted from this location when merged.

4.5.3 Exporting Scanner Survey Data

To export scanner survey data

1. Touch the menu icon at the top of the screen and touch "Results"

2. Touch a job in the list, touch and hold the scanner, and then touch "Export all sur-
vey data".

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 215

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using a Scanner
Monitoring Scanner Data

Figure 4-36: Export survey data

4.5.4 Monitoring the Battery Levels in a Scanner

► To monitor the battery level of a scanner, Touch the "NCM" status tab at the top of
the screen.

Figure 4-37: NCM status

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 216

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using a Scanner
Exporting and Importing Scanner Configuration Profiles

Figure 4-38: Battery levels

4.6 Exporting and Importing Scanner Configuration Pro-

files
You can export your scanner configuration profiles for use on other QualiPoc Devices.

► To export a scanner configuration profile, touch the menu icon at the top of the
screen, touch "Settings" > "Import/Export Configuration" > "Export Configuration" >
"Scanner configuration profiles", and touch the configuration profiles that you want
to export.

Figure 4-39: Scanner configuration profile export settings

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 217

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using a Scanner
Automatic Channel Detection

► To import a scanner configuration profiles, touch the menu icon at the top of the
screen, touch "Import/Export Configuration" > "Import Configuration", and locate
the scanner configuration profile file.

4.7 Automatic Channel Detection

Automatic Channel Detection (ACD) allows you to scan LTE and WCDMA channels.
This feature provides an alternative to manually configuring bands and channels for a
measurement.
The configuration of an ACD scan includes:
● Applying "BCCH Layer 3" scan to the channel that you add to the scanner profile.
● Editing the measurement rate.

You can use this feature on Rohde & Schwarz TSME, TSMW, and TSMA scanners. All
bands supported by the Rohde & Schwarz scanners can be used in the ACD measure-
ments.

4.7.1 Creating an ACD Scan

To create an ACD scan on a QualiPoc or Freerider III system

1. On the FR Master, touch the menu icon at the top of the screen, and touch
"Device manager".

2. In the "Devices" list, click the scanner.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 218

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using a Scanner
Automatic Channel Detection

Figure 4-40: Configure LTE ACD scan (same applies to WCDMA)

3. Click "Add scan" at the bottom of the screen.

4. Configure the scan parameters.

a) In the "Technology" list, touch "LTE" or "WCDMA".
b) In the "Scan type" list, touch "Automatic channel detection".

Figure 4-41: Automatic channel detection scan type

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 219

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using a Scanner
Automatic Channel Detection

c) In the "Auto reconfiguration" list, click one of the following options:

● "None": Found channels are listed but are not measured
If you want, you can add the channels to the configuration.
● "Nonpersistent": Found channels are measured but are not added to the
configuration

Figure 4-42: Auto reconfiguration options

d) In the "Band" list, touch the band that you want to scan.
e) The only settings that you can edit (and that is applied to the channels added to
a profile) are:
● "BCCH Layer 3"
● "Meas. Rate (Hz per channel)"

Figure 4-43: ACD editable settings

Note: In LTE, scanning the subbands impacts the performances as it generates a

heavy load.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 220

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using a Scanner
Automatic Channel Detection

5. Touch "Apply scanner configuration" screen and then touch "Done".

4.7.2 Monitoring ACD Scanner Data

You can monitor ACD scanner measurements in real time on the "Scanner" monitor.

To monitor the scans in realtime

When you connect a scanner, QualiPoc automatically populates the "Scanner" monitor
with data.
1. To monitor the scans in realtime, touch the "Scanner" monitor icon .

2. Touch the gear icon , and touch "Automatic Channel Detection".

Figure 4-44: Automatic Channel Detection on Scanner monitor

Yellow = Detected and available LTE scan

Purple = Detected and available WCDMA scan
Stripes on the color block = The channel is not decoded yet.
Color block displays a gray back- = The scanner loses the signal (low RSSI) for more than two
ground minutes

Note: The bandwidth that is displayed only correlates with the other channels in
the same band/row. For example, in Figure 4-44, the bandwidth for "LTE 6200" is
10.0 MHz while the bandwidth for "LTE 1301", "LTE 1651", and "LTE 1850" is 20
MHz.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 221

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using a Scanner
Automatic Channel Detection

4.7.2.1 Updating the Scan Configuration

You can add reconfigure a scan configuration with the found channels either directly or
apply the changes later with a configuration file that you create on the "Scanner" moni-
tor.

To create a new scan configuration

1. During the ACD measurement, go to the "Scanner" monitor.

2. Select the channels that you want to include in the configuration.

● To add one or more channels, touch the update icon at the top of the screen
and on the "Update scan configuration" screen touch the channels that you
want to add.

Figure 4-45: Update scan configuration

● To add a single channel, touch the channel on the monitor, for example, "LTE
6200", and then touch "Add to configuration".

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 222

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using a Scanner
Automatic Channel Detection

Figure 4-46: Add to configuration

3. In the "Select configuration to add channels" list, touch "Create new configuration".

4. Update the scan configuration.

● To add the found channels to the current scan configuration, touch "Update &
apply".

Figure 4-47: Update scan configuration

● To create a scan configuration profile that you can apply later, touch "Update".
Note: QualiPoc automatically names the profile, for examples,
ACD - 2016-02-09 08:06:50, and adds the profile to the "Scanner configura-
tion profile" list that you can access in the "Device Manager".

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 223

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using a Scanner
Automatic Channel Detection

Using Scan Configuration Profiles

You can assign the channels that were found during an ACD scan to an existing scan-
ner configuration with the profile that you created in "To monitor the scans in realtime"
on page 221.

To apply a scan configuration profile

1. Touch the menu icon at the top of the screen, and touch "Device manager".

2. In the "Devices" list, click the scanner.

Figure 4-48: Configure LTE ACD scan (same applies to WCDMA)

3. Click a scan configuration in the list, and then in the "Scanner configuration profile"
list, click the ACD profile that you want to apply, for example,
ACD - 2016-02-09 08:06:50.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 224

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using a Scanner
Downlink Allocation Analysis (DLAA)

4. Click "Apply scanner configuration".

4.7.3 Analyzing Automatic Channel Detection Data in NQDI

For both WCDMA and LTE, you can analyze Automatic Channel Detection (ACD)
scanner data on the "ACD Scanner" sub-tab of the "Analysis" tab.

Figure 4-49: ACD scanner sub-tab

Depending on your needs, you can group the measurements by any of the columns.
The values in the "Status" column have the following definitions:
● 0 = Found
● 1 = Confirmed
● 2 = Active

4.8 Downlink Allocation Analysis (DLAA)

The purpose of DLAA is dual:
● Optimizing and troubleshooting:
– Analyzing the load of LTE cells apart from the operation and management
(OAM) architectural framework's statistics
– Explaining the user equipment (UE) throughput by real-time understanding of
the cell load, which indicates if the cell or cluster is designed to carry the
offered bandwidth
● Benchmarking: analyzing the cell load and capacity of the competitors' networks

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 225

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using a Scanner
Downlink Allocation Analysis (DLAA)

DLAA measurement is location independent. Allocation analysis covers all UE in the

cell but signal quality is only available for devices at scanner location:

Figure 4-50: Signal quality measurement

4.8.1 How Does DLAA Work?

To calculate the load of a cell, the scanner decodes the physical downlink control chan-
nel (PDCCH). One of the main objectives of the PDCCH is to inform the connected UE
which downlink resources are used to carry their traffic on the physical downlink
shared channel (PDSCH). This allocation information is found in a message called
downlink control information (DCI). With the different transmission modes (MIMO,
Transmit Diversity, etc.) the format of the DCI changes.
The downlink allocation analyzer can decode the PDCCH of an eNodeB and looks for
valid DCI messages sent to UE having active downlink traffic data. By analyzing these
messages, the DLAA can determine the following about the eNodeB:
● The amount of downlink resources allocated to each active UE
● The total amount of used downlink resources used on the eNodeB
● The transmission mode used by each UE
Based on the information found in the different DCI, the following values are calculated
and displayed in DLAA scanner monitor:
● Average cell throughput ("Avg Cell Thp")
● Average throughput per connected UE ("Avg RNTI Thp")
● Number of UE connected to the cell ("Num RNTI")
● Average resource block usage ("Avg RB usage")
● Average modulation and coding scheme ("Avg MCS")

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 226

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using a Scanner
Downlink Allocation Analysis (DLAA)

Figure 4-51: DLAA monitor

These values are calculated averages, so you only see if the own UE throughput devi-
ates a lot from this average.

4.8.2 Enabling and Monitoring DLAA

1. Touch the scanner in the "Devices" list to access the scanner profile and its set-
tings.

2. Touch icon and enable "LTE DLAA". Touch "Done".

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 227

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using a Scanner
Downlink Allocation Analysis (DLAA)

Figure 4-52: LTE DLAA enabled (QualiPoc view)

3. Change the default number of "Observation count" to a number between 1 and 5.

4. If needed, edit the observation intervals. In the above screenshot, the "1st Obser-
vation interval" is set to 20 seconds. This interval is a sliding window showing the
results of the calculations during the last 20 seconds.

5. On the "Scanner" monitor, you can switch from one observation interval ("Observa-
tion time") to another:

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 228

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using a Scanner
Downlink Allocation Analysis (DLAA)

Figure 4-53: DLAA monitor with a 20 seconds interval (Freerider III view)

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 229

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using a Scanner
RF Power Scan

Figure 4-54: DLAA monitor with 300 seconds interval (Freerider III view)

4.9 RF Power Scan

The RF Power scan allows measuring user-defined frequency ranges called sweeps.
You can define up to 255 sweeps and customize their names.

To use the RF Power scan, you must install the R&S TSMx-K27 option on the scanner.

4.9.1 Configuring the RF Power Scan

To configure the RF Power scan, perform the following steps:

1. Connect a TSMA scanner to QualiPoc by following the procedure described in "To

connect a TSMA scanner to a QualiPoc Device" on page 195.

2. Start the creation of the scan by following the procedure described in "To create a
new scan" on page 199 and reach step 3.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 230

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using a Scanner
RF Power Scan

3. Touch "Any" under "Technology". The only available "Scan type" option is "RF
Power".

4. Select the "Mode" among:

● "Spectrum scan": same settings as in Romes for a normal spectrum scan.
● "Spectrum clearance": catches short peaks of high energy within a defined
spectrum; these peaks can be interference causing quality problems in traffic
carrying channels.

Figure 4-55: Add an RFPower scan

5. Touch "Frequency ranges" , define sweeps and touch "OK".

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 231

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using a Scanner
RF Power Scan

Figure 4-56: Define sweeps

Note: "Sweep name" field has a maximum of 50 characters.

QualiPoc raises an error if you enter frequencies that are not within the allowed
range.
Depending on the connected scanner, the allowed frequency range differs:
● TSME: from 350 MHz to 4400 MHz
● TSMW: from 30 MHz to 6000 MHz
We suggest that you define as many sweeps as available technologies / bands in
the measurement area, e.g., in Switzerland: GSM 900, GSM 1800, WCDMA I,
WCDMA VIII, LTE 1, LTE 3, LTE 7 and LTE 20.
We suggest that you select a name reflecting the technology / band, as this name
is then used by live monitoring and postprocessing.
6. Touch "Apply", touch "OK" on the "Apply scanner configuration" screen, and then
touch "Done".

4.9.2 Monitoring the RF Power Scan

1. To monitor the RF Power scan, touch the "Scanner" monitor icon .

2. Touch "RF Power" in the drop-down list.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 232

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using a Scanner
RF Power Scan

Figure 4-57: RF Power scan monitoring

3. QualiPoc displays one of the defined sweeps at a time. Touch the sweep name (1)
to select the sweep you want to monitor (2).

4. Touch the overflow icon (3) to:

● Select a view among:
– "Spectrum view" showing the whole spectrum and thus allowing to deter-
mine the frequency and the level of the detected signals.
– "History view" displaying the signal level of the last 60 seconds, without any
reference to the location of the signal within the spectrum.
● Select which curves to display:
– "Peak dBm" corresponding to the highest measured value.
– "Avg dBm" corresponding to the average measured value.
– "Min dBm" corresponding to the lowest measured value.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 233

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Using a Scanner
RF Power Scan

The scanner measurement file only contains the current measured value, i.e., "Power
dBm". QualiPoc does not save "Peak dBm", "Avg dBm" and "Min dBm" values.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 234

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests

5 QualiPoc Tests
QualiPoc supports a variety of test types, including call, streaming, and social media
tests. For greater control when you analyze your data in NQDI Classic, you can also
group the tests in sessions. To run a test, you need to add it to a measurement cam-
paign, which can consist of single test, an action, a session, or a sequence of tests and
sessions.

Figure 5-1: Select test type

For a description on how to create a campaign, see Chapter 3.3, "Creating and Run-
ning a Measurement Campaign", on page 165

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 235

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Call Tests

App testing and Android navigation bar

On some devices, e.g., the Samsung Galaxy S8 (SM-G950F), the physical ("Home",
"Back" and "Recent") buttons disappear. They are replaced by a navigation bar whose
activation and options are defined under "Settings > Display > Navigation Bar".
Ensure that you disable "Show and hide button" option, as the location or the absence
of these buttons may influence the behavior of our app tests.

● Call Tests...............................................................................................................236
● Video Call Tests.................................................................................................... 257
● Streaming Tests.................................................................................................... 265
● Data Transfer Tests...............................................................................................293
● Social Media Tests................................................................................................ 319
● Performance Tests................................................................................................ 341
● Messaging Tests................................................................................................... 346
● Other Tests............................................................................................................384
● Actions.................................................................................................................. 384
● Sessions................................................................................................................388

5.1 Call Tests

For a description of dropped call states on the "Log" monitor, see Chapter D, "Dropped
Calls", on page 445.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 236

 SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Call Tests

● Double Ended Call................................................................................................ 237

● Call to Answering Station...................................................................................... 255
● Call to Any Number............................................................................................... 256
● WhatsApp App Call............................................................................................... 256

5.1.1 Double Ended Call

The double ended call test establishes a CS call between the following A-Side and B-
Side devices:
● Two QualiPoc Android phones
● QualiPoc Android phone and a Diversity Call Server
If you want to use a Call Server as the B-Side device for a double ended call test,
see the Application Note - Diversity Call Server.pdf document.
● QualiPoc Android phone and a Diversity Smartphone without an ASM

The double ended call campaign can only run on devices with Snapdragon S3 pro-
cessors or higher.

Figure 5-2: Double Ended Call test settings

Table 5-1: Description of the settings for a Double Ended Call Test

Setting Description

"Side" Side of the call, that is, A or B-side

"Call direction" "A-side to B-side", "B-side to A-side", or "Alternating Call Sequence"

In Diversity, the call direction is in MOC:MTC format:
● 1:0 for A to B
● 0:1 for B to A
● 1:1 for the "Alternating Call Sequence"
● 2:1
● 1:2

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 237

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Call Tests

Setting Description

"Sample Direction" From A to B, B to A, or Half-Duplex

"Phone Number" Number that you want to call

"Algorithm" Select the algorithm to calculate the quality scores.

"Reference File" Speech sample to use for the call.

"External B unit" If you enable this option, QualiPoc sends a stop call to the B-side device, or you can manually
stop the B-side. If you disable this option, QualiPoc does not send the stop call.
if the B-side is a Diversity voice call server, the "External B unit" option must be flagged other-
wise the B-side will not be stopped.

"Remote Job Number" Unlike the job name, the value that you enter is transferred to a Diversity unit during the con-
figuration call.

"Sample Frequency" Plays a sample each time that the interval that you specify elapses

"Wave file option" Select which recorded samples have to be saved in the measurement file:
● "All"
● "None"
● "LQ"

"Wave filter" Set the LQ threshold below which samples are saved. The field is editable if "Wave file option"
is set to "LQ".

5.1.1.1 Supported Measurement Scenarios

QualiPoc Android supports the following double ended call measurement scenarios:
● QualiPoc Android to QualiPoc Android:
– Manually configure the campaign in QualiPoc on the A-side and B-side phones.
– Manually start the campaign in QualiPoc on the B-side and A-side phones,
respectively.
For more information, see Chapter 5.1.1.2, "Creating and Running the Campaign on a
QualiPoc Phone", on page 239.
● QualiPoc Android to Diversity Call Server (PSTN/ISDN) / Android Smartphone
with or without ASM/PMW/TCM:
– Add and configure the Diversity Call Server in NQView.
For more information, see "Creating a Call Server in NQView " on page 249.
– Export the configuration of the Call Server from NQView and import the config-
uration on the Call Server.
– Export the B-Side test from QualiPoc
– Manually configure the campaign on the QualiPoc phone.
For more information, see Chapter 5.1.1.2, "Creating and Running the Cam-
paign on a QualiPoc Phone", on page 239.
– Copy the exported B-side test to ...\Task\Predefined Jobs folder in the
Diversity Call Server.
● Diversity Android Smartphone with or without an ASM/PMW (Audio SlideIn
Module / Phone Mounting Wall) to QualiPoc Android:

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 238

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Call Tests

– Add and configure the Diversity smartphone . For more information, see the
Manual - NetQual - NQView.pdf document.
– Manually configure the campaign on the QualiPoc phone. For more informa-
tion, see Chapter 5.1.1.2, "Creating and Running the Campaign on a QualiPoc
Phone", on page 239. Some Diversity settings are slightly different than the
QualiPoc counterparts. In such cases, consult the setting information in the
paragraph below the relevant step.
– Add the QualiPoc phone as a mock DTMF Call Server in NQView.
For more information, see "Creating a Call Server in NQView " on page 249.
– Create the measurement task in NQView with the Diversity smartphone as the
A-side device and the QualiPoc phone, that is, the mock DTMF Call Server, as
the B-side device.
For more information, see "Creating the Double Ended Call Measurement Task
in NQView" on page 251.
– Manually start the campaign on the QualiPoc phone.
For more information, see "Starting the Campaign on the QualiPoc Phone"
on page 248.
– Start the measurement task in NQView.
For more information, see "Starting the Measurement Task in NQView"
on page 255. A Diversity smartphone only supports the DTMF campaign trans-
fer method. The Diversity smartphone must be the A-side device and the Quali-
Poc phone must be the B-side device.

5.1.1.2 Creating and Running the Campaign on a QualiPoc Phone

The settings that you specify for the measurement campaign on the A-side device
must be identical to the settings on the B-side device, except for the respective phone
numbers and test direction.

To create a Double Ended Call measurement campaign in QualiPoc

1. If you want to use a Diversity Call Server as the B-side device, copy the device
configuration files from the server to the QualiPoc device.
a) Download the device configuration files in *.XML format from the following
location on the Call Server:
C:\Program Files (x86)\SwissQual\Diversity\Configuration\
Details\
b) Put the files in the following location on the QualiPoc device:
sdcard/QualiPoc/LandUnit/Config/
Note: You can only configure one Call Server at a time, that is, you cannot put the
device configuration files from two different servers in this location.
2. Touch the menu icon at the top of the screen, touch "Campaigns", touch the
"Add test" icon, touch "Call Tests", and then touch "Double Ended Call".

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 239

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Call Tests

Figure 5-3: Create campaign

3. Configure the basic settings for the campaign.

a) Touch and hold "Double Ended Call", touch the context menu , and touch
"Rename", enter a name for the campaign, and touch "OK".
b) Touch "Side" and then touch a side, for example, "A".

Figure 5-4: Double Ended Call basic settings

c) Touch "Phone number", enter the number for the B-side phone, and then touch
"OK".
d) Touch "Call duration (s)", or alternatively leave it unchanged as the field can be
updated under "Window Timings".
e) Touch "Algorithm" and select the algorithm to be used for calculating the quality
scores.
f) Touch "Reference file" and select the speech sample to be used.

4. Specify the timing settings for the campaign.

a) Touch "Duration", enter a value, and then touch "OK".
For a test that involves a Diversity unit, enter the same duration as you did in
Figure 5-18 for the measurement task in NQView.
b) Touch "# of Cycles", enter a value, and then touch "OK".
For a test that involves a Diversity unit, enter the same duration as you did in
Figure 5-18 for the measurement task in NQView.
c) Touch "Pause", enter a value, and then touch "OK".

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 240

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Call Tests

Note: The "Pause" setting is only available when you manually configure a cam-
paign in QualiPoc. Furthermore, the value must be 0 in any mixed test scenario, for
example, when the test uses a Diversity unit as the B-Side device.
5. Touch the "Window Timings" icon , touch the timings that you want to configure,
and touch "Done".
For a test that involves a Diversity unit, specify the same Window timings as you
did in Figure 5-19 for the intrusive campaign in NQView.

Figure 5-5: Window Timings

Note: If you select "Exclude Call Setup" time from the "Call Duration", the trigger
point is the next occurrence of the network Connect message.
QualiPoc receives the Connect messages after the following events:
● GSM: Received in Downlink after a Channel Request sent (U)
● UMTS: Received in Downlink after a RRC Connection Request (U)

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 241

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Call Tests

Figure 5-6: Call duration (Exclude call setup)

6. Specify the test settings.

a) Touch "Double Ended Call" to open the test settings page.

Figure 5-7: Open test settings

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 242

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Call Tests

b) Touch "Call direction" and touch the call direction, for example, "Call B to A".
For a test that involves a Diversity unit, the call direction is the "MOC:MTC"
ratio in Figure 5-19 that you specified for the intrusive campaign in NQView.
● For a "MOC:MTC" ratio of 1:0, touch "Call A to B"
● For a "MOC:MTC" ratio of 0:1, touch "Call B to A"
● For a "MOC:MTC" ratio of 1:1, touch "Alternating Call Sequence"
● For 2 MOCs followed by 1 MTC, that is, MOC - MOC - MTC and then MOC
- MOC - MTC, touch "2:1"
● For 2 MTCs followed by a MOC, that is, MTC-MTC-MOC and then MTC-
MTC-MOC, touch "1:2"

Figure 5-8: Set Call Direction

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 243

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Call Tests

c) Touch "Sample direction", and then touch an option in the list.

Unlike in Diversity, the half-duplex option in QualiPoc always starts with a B to
A sample direction and then alternates the sample direction. Furthermore,
unlike in Diversity, you cannot specify the number of samples that a QualiPoc
campaign uses. However, QualiPoc always evaluates the reference samples
that the phone receives. For a test that involves a Diversity unit, ensure that the
sample direction that you selected in Figure 5-20 for the test in NQView reflects
these limitations.

Figure 5-9: Double Ended Call test settings

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 244

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Call Tests

d) Touch "Algorithm" and touch one of the following options.

● "POLQA": For a "Speech POLQA" test
● "POLQA (WB)": For a "Speech-Wideband POLQA" test
● "SQuad08": for a "Speech" test
● "SQuad08 (WB)": For a "Speech-Wideband" test
● "RTT":
– This algorithm is supported in QualiPoc to QualiPoc and QualiPoc to
Diversity voice server scenarios
– The "Test duration" and "Sample frequency" values are not adjustable,
that is, 3 RTTs are sent to the B-side device and a 2-way RTT is evalu-
ated on the A-side
– As in Diversity, an RTT test lasts 28.6 seconds
– This algorithm is contained in Squad08ForAndroid.apk (version
15.0.0.11 or higher)
For a test that involves a Diversity unit, touch the algorithm that you selected in
Figure 5-20 for the test in NQView.

Figure 5-10: Select the algorithm for the test

e) Touch "Reference file" and touch a sample file for the test.
For a test that involves a Diversity unit, use same reference sample that you
selected in Figure 5-20 for the test in NQView, for example, "English (U.S.)
IRS" for the AM_fm_IRS.wav reference sample.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 245

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Call Tests

f) Touch "Sample frequency", enter one of the following sample frequencies, and
then touch "OK":
● 12.5: For tests that use the "SQuad08" and POLQA algorithms.
The sample frequency is the time difference between the start times of the
two subsequent samples. A sample frequency of 12.5 seconds in QualiPoc
corresponds to the combined 6 second "Record hang-over" that you speci-
fied in Figure 5-20 in NQView and the 6.5 second duration of the SwissQ-
ual reference samples.
● 25: For tests that use the "SQuad08 (WB)" and "POLQA (WB)" algorithms.
QualiPoc on slower phones requires the longer time to calculate the MOS
results in a wideband double ended call measurement campaign.

Figure 5-11: Additional Double Ended Call test settings

g) Touch "Selected wave file option" and touch an option.

h) If the campaign is for a Diversity Call Server, check the "External B unit" check
box.

7. If the campaign is for a Diversity Call Server, transfer the configuration to the
server.
a) Copy the device XML configuration file from the Call Server to the following
location on the phone:
/sdcard/QualiPoc/LandUnit/Config

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 246

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Call Tests

b) In QualiPoc, touch and hold "Double Ended Call" on the jobs screen, touch the
context menu , and touch "Export B-Side job".

Figure 5-12: Export B-Side job

c) Enter the phone number for the A-side device and touch "OK".

Figure 5-13: A-Side phone number

d) Copy the /QualiPoc/LandUnit/Jobs/job_xyz*.ini job file from the FR

Master to the following location on the Call Server:
C:\ProgramData\Swissqual\Diversity\Tasks\PreDefinedJobs\

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 247

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Call Tests

Note: The name of the *.ini job file is derived from the "Remote job number"
parameter in Figure 5-11. In this case, the file name would be job_100.ini

Starting the Campaign on the QualiPoc Phone

► To start the campaign, touch the menu icon , touch "Campaigns", ensure that the
"Double Ended Call" campaign is loaded, and touch "Start" .

► To load the job, touch the drawer icon , touch the "Double Ended Call" job that
you created, and then touch the drawer again.

Figure 5-14: Load Double Ended Call Job

Stopping the Campaign on the QualiPoc Phone

The B-side QualiPoc device handles a stop command from the Diversity A-side device
in the following ways:
● Stop command arrives during a configuration call: QualiPoc restarts the mea-
surement campaign into waiting for configuration mode and does not save a mea-
surement file
● Stop command arrives during a normal call: QualiPoc stops the measurement
campaign and saves a measurement file.
● Stop command arrives during a pause in a normal call: campaign continues to
run until the timeout is reached
● Stop command does not arrive: If the call has already been configured and the
test is running, the call runs indefinitely; however, if you restart the measurement
task in NQView and QualiPoc is configured to receive the call, then QualiPoc
restarts the campaign on the phone after the configuration call.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 248

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Call Tests

5.1.1.3 Creating and Running the Campaign in NQView

The following sections describe how to use NQView to configure the following features
for a double ended call test:
● Call Server: Required for the QualiPoc Android to Diversity Call Server (PSTN/
ISDN), Diversity Android Smartphone without an ASM to QualiPoc Android, and
Diversity Smartphone in an ASM to QualiPoc Android scenarios
● double ended call Measurement Task: Required for the Diversity Android Smart-
phone without an ASM to QualiPoc Android, and Diversity Smartphone in an ASM
to QualiPoc Android scenarios
● Starting the Measurement Task in NQView

Creating a Call Server in NQView

You can configure a physical Diversity Call Server with PSTN or ISDN cards in
NQView or a mock Diversity Call Server. The mock Call Server represents the Quali-
Poc unit when you configure a mixed environment Diversity and QualiPoc double
ended call task in NQView.

For the Diversity smartphone to QualiPoc phone scenario, the following sections
assume that have already configured the Diversity smartphone for the test. For the
QualiPoc to Call Server scenario, the following procedure assumes that you have
already installed the ISDN or PSTN devices and the respective Windows drivers on the
PC that hosts the Call Server.

To create a mock Call Server in NQView

1. On the Navigation panel of the "Control" console, click "System configuration".

2. Add a PC unit.
a) Right-click "Hardware", point to "Add unit", and then click PC.

Figure 5-15: Add PC unit to system configuration

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 249

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Call Tests

b) Type a "Name" and "Computer name" for the unit, for example, QPAndroid.

Figure 5-16: Create a Call Server

c) In the "Time synchronization" list, click "Internal sync".

d) In the following lists, click "No connection/DTMF":
● "NQComm control"
● "Unit control"
● "Job transfer send"
● "Job transfer listen"
e) Click "Apply" and click "OK".

3. Create a subscriber profile for the phone device or PSTN or ISDN card.
a) Click "System configuration" on the Navigation panel and click the plus sign (+)
beside "Subscriber and access points".
b) Click the plus sign (+) beside an operator in the tree, right-click a provider, and
then click "Add subscriber".
c) Add the subscriber information, click "Apply", and then click "OK".

4. Add the QualiPoc phone or the PSTN or ISDN card as device to the DTMF Call
Server.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 250

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Call Tests

a) Right-click the unit in the tree, point to "Add device", and then click the type of
device, for example "Mobile" for a QualiPoc phone or "ISDN" for a Diversity
device.
b) Type a name for the phone.
c) In the "Model" list, click the type of phone or ISDN or PSTN model.
d) In the "Subscriber" list, click the profile that you created in the previous step.
If you are creating a mock Call Server for a QualiPoc phone, the subscriber
number is the only value that needs to be identical to the QualiPoc setting.
e) Click "Apply" and click "OK".

Figure 5-17: Add a device to the Call Server

5. Transfer the configuration to the Call Server PC.

You do not need to perform this action for the QualiPoc mock Call Server.
For a description on how to transfer the configuration to the Call Server, see Chap-
ter C, "SwissQual Call Server", on page 418.

Creating the Double Ended Call Measurement Task in NQView

The following procedure assumes that you have already configured the Diversity
device involved in the test, for example, a Diversity smartphone.

To define the Double Ended Call measurement task in NQView

1. On the Navigation panel of the "Control" console, click "Tasks and Jobs", right-click
"Measurement task" in the tree, and then click "Add task".

2. Type a name for the task.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 251

 SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Call Tests

Figure 5-18: Add a measurement task

3. In the "Device A/B side" area, select the A-side and B-side devices.
Table 5-2: A-side and B-side devices' selection according to scenario

Scenario A-Side Device B-Side Device

QualiPoc to Diversity Call Server (PSTN/ QualiPoc phone (mock Call Server) Diversity Call Server (PC)
ISDN) scenario

Diversity Android Smartphone without an Diversity Android Smartphone QualiPoc phone (mock Call Server)
ASM to QualiPoc

Diversity Smartphone in an ASM to Quali- Diversity Android Smartphone QualiPoc phone (mock Call Server)
Poc scenarios

4. Add a measurement job to the task

When you create the job, you need to use the same job settings that you manually
specified on the QualiPoc phone in Chapter 5.1.1.2, "Creating and Running the
Campaign on a QualiPoc Phone", on page 239.
a) In the "Job sequence" area, click the green plus sign .

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 252

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Call Tests

b) Click the yellow asterisk in front of the "Job" list, and then click "Intrusive
job".

Figure 5-19: Add an intrusive job to the measurement task

c) In the "Name" box, type a name for the job in the following DTMF job transfer
format, where xyz is the "Remote job number" that is described in Table 5-1:
● job_xyz
d) Type a value in the "Record Hang-Over" box.
● 6000 for Narrowband tests
● 18500 for Wideband test
e) In the "Call duration" box, type the same "Call duration" value that you speci-
fied on the QualiPoc phone, see Figure 5-5.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 253

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Call Tests

f) Configure the following values so that the "Overall duration of defined tests"
value below the "Timings" area is less than the "Call duration" value.
● "Test sequence repetition"
● "Average call setup time"
Click "Apply" to calculate the "Overall duration of defined tests" value.
g) In the "MOC:MTC ratio" box, specify the call direction, for example, 1:1.
QualiPoc does not use the MOC:MTC ratio to define the call direction, but
rather uses A-side and B-side. As a result, a MOC:MTC ratio of 1:0 corre-
sponds to the A to B call direction setting in QualiPoc and a 0:1 ratio corre-
sponds to B to A. However, the MOC:MTC ratio of 1:1 corresponds to the"Alter-
nating Call Sequence" call direction in QualiPoc.
h) In the "Timings" area, select "Use call duration to abort call".
If you do not enable this option, the measurement task will not run correctly.
i) Specify the remaining timings, click "Apply", and then click "OK".

5. In the "Intrusive test" window, specify the settings for the speech test.
a) Type a name for the test.
b) In the "Test type" list, click one of the following types:
● "Speech"
● "Speech POLQA"
● "Speech-Wideband"
● "Speech-Wideband POLQA"
c) In the "Direction" area, click a direction for the reference sample.
You need to select the same direction for all of the reference samples that you
use. Samples with alternating directions must start with a B to A direction; oth-
erwise NQView does not accept the configuration on the task level.
d) In the "Reference sample" list, click the speech sample that you want to use.
e) In the "Save WAV files" area, click an option.
f) Click "Apply" and then click "OK"

Figure 5-20: Add a speech test to the intrusive job

6. In the "Job details in task" window, click "Save".

7. In the "Measurement task" window, specify the "Duration" and the number of
"Cycles" for the task.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 254

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Call Tests

8. Click "Apply", and then click "OK".

Note: For a description on how to transfer the task configuration to a Diversity Call
Server, see Chapter C, "SwissQual Call Server", on page 418.

Starting the Measurement Task in NQView

To start the measurement task on NQView

1. On the "Control" console in NQView, click "Tasks and Jobs".

2. Click the "Tasks" tab in the workspace.

3. Click the green arrow in the "Start" column in front of the task that you created.

5.1.2 Call to Answering Station

The "Answering Station" test starts a measurement device in answering station mode.
Once in this mode, another device can initiate MOC DL testing to the answering sta-
tion.

Figure 5-21: Answering station single CALL job

If you want to use a QualiPoc device as an Answering Station for a Diversity device,
you need to specify one of the following "Record Hang-Over" values when you config-
ure the job in NQView:
● 6000 ms for powerful devices
● 18500 ms for less powerful devices
Table 5-3: Description of the main settings for an Answering Station test

Setting Description

"Algorithm" Evaluates speech quality on the calling side.

"Reference File" Reference file for speech quality evaluation

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 255

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Call Tests

5.1.3 Call to Any Number

A Call to Any Number test sets up a simple Circuit Switch (CS) call and outputs the
main test-related KPIs. This simple test requires you to input the following settings.

Figure 5-22: Call to Any Number single CALL test

Table 5-4: Description of the settings for a Call to Any Number single CALL test

Setting Description

"Phone number" Number that you want to call

The test supports calls to emergency numbers.

"Call duration" Duration of the call in seconds

"Number of cycles" Number of times to repeat a single test before the test ends

5.1.4 WhatsApp App Call

5.1.4.1 Installation

Refer to Chapter 5.7.5.2, "Installation", on page 366

● The current implementation supports only one contact.
● Manually create the contact on the phone.
● The application must stay in the foreground.
● The use of the international prefix, e.g. +41 for Switzerland, is required for the defi-
nition of the contact phone number.
● The configuration call is a circuit switched call
● The localization or the device set language, if different than English US, may have
an impact on the test, i.e. the call is not dialed

5.1.4.2 Test Creation

On "Call Tests", touch on the WhatsApp tests. The configuration is the same as for the
other "Call Tests"

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 256

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Video Call Tests

Figure 5-23: WhatsApp call tests

5.2 Video Call Tests

This section deals with video telephony tests, working in both legacy and LTE net-
works.
Video call is a clone of the double-ended voice test, as call flow and speech transmis-
sion are the same as for voice calls. The difference lies in the initiation of a video call
instead of a voice call.

If the video call cannot be established, the voice call is not established instead.
The configuration call is still done via voice call.
The evaluation of video telephony is characterized by:
● The application of the full-reference video quality measure VQuad (ITU J.341)
● The parallel analysis of video and speech
Line video calls require Line application to be installed on the phone.

To configure a video call test, select the desired test under "Video Call Tests"

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 257

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Video Call Tests

Figure 5-24: Video call tests

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 258

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Video Call Tests

A reference video is inserted in all video call tests, but no video evaluation is per-
formed:
● Video is inserted from both sides.
● Video insertion starts in sync with sending of the first voice sample.
● Video is inserted continuously with a 12.5 seconds video sample repeated in a loop
until the end of the test.
To get a deeper insight, and for example, to check if the video is successfully transmit-
ted, activate "Video Call Debug Output" option under "Advanced Analysis Settings".

Figure 5-25: Video call debug output option

5.2.1 Video Double Ended Call

The configuration of a speech double ended video call test is identical to the speech
double ended voice call test.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 259

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Video Call Tests

Figure 5-26: Video double ended call

For more information, refer to "To create a Double Ended Call measurement campaign
in QualiPoc" on page 239

5.2.2 Video Call to Answering Station

To configure the A-side, define the parameters for "Video Call to Answering Station"

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 260

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Video Call Tests

Figure 5-27: Video call to answering station - A-side

To configure the B-side as answering station, go to "Actions" and then "Video Answer-
ing"

Figure 5-28: Video call to answering station - B-side

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 261

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Video Call Tests

5.2.3 Video Call to Any Number

To configure the video call to any number, configure the following parameters

Figure 5-29: Video call to any number

This test is available even if the video call license is not installed.

5.2.4 Monitoring the Video Call

QualiPoc "Log" monitor displays the video MOS and the speech MOS in parallel.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 262

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Video Call Tests

Figure 5-30: Parallel analysis of video and speech

5.2.5 Results in NQDI

5.2.5.1 Video Call Setup in 3G

In 3G, the video call is a circuit switched service.

There is no indication about the video transmission as it is the case in ViLTE via IP
trace.
To check if the video call was successfully established, go to "System Trace Log" tab

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 263

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Video Call Tests

Figure 5-31: System trace log tab - 3G

1. "Setup Video Call" in "Info" column indicates that the video call is initiated.

2. "CONNECT" message in "Info" column indicates that the video call is established

Some more information can be found in Layer 3 messages (RRCConnectionRequest,

csCallType:video).

5.2.5.2 Video Call Setup in ViLTE

In LTE, the video call is a packet switched service.

The video transmission is visible as the IP trace on the "Protocol Info" tab:

Figure 5-32: Protocol info tab

To check if the video call setup is successful, go to "System Trace Log" tab

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 264

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Streaming Tests

Figure 5-33: System trace log tab - LTE

"Setup Video Call", "DL video stream found", and "CONNECT" in "Info" column, indi-
cate that the video call setup is successful

5.3 Streaming Tests

● DirecTV Now......................................................................................................... 265
● Facebook Watch................................................................................................... 269
● Generic Video Test................................................................................................277
● Netflix Streaming Test........................................................................................... 280
● YouTube Video......................................................................................................287

5.3.1 DirecTV Now

DirecTV Now is one of the most popular applications for watching live and on-demand
TV in the United States. To emulate the user perception, DirecTV Now application, and
not an API, is used.

5.3.1.1 Installing DirecTV Now

To install DirecTV Now

1. Touch "Apps" (1) on "QualiPoc Settings"

2. Touch "Version" under "DirecTV Now settings" (2)

● 1.0.3
● 1.0.8

3. Enable the "Root compatible version" (3) to perform tests on a rooted device

4. Fill in "Username" and "Password" (4); these credentials are your DirecTV Now
service credentials:

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 265

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Streaming Tests

Figure 5-34: DirecTV Now installation

5.3.1.2 Configuring DirecTV Now

To configure DirecTV Now

1. On "Add test", touch "DirecTV Now" under "Streaming Tests" section (1)

2. Enter the "Channel name" (2)

3. Set durations and cycles (3)

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 266

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Streaming Tests

Figure 5-35: DirecTV Now configuration

Enter the full channel name with all its special characters, like it appears in DirecTV
Now app.

5.3.1.3 Monitoring DirecTV Now Streaming Test

"Log" and "Test" tabs show the overall test behavior and the main KPIs.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 267

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Streaming Tests

Figure 5-36: DirecTV Now test monitoring

5.3.1.4 Postprocessing the DirecTV Now Streaming Test

In NQDI, the results are available:

● By selecting "DirecTv Now App No Reference Smartphone" in "Type of Test" field
under "Test" tab
● Under "Analysis > Video" tab (1)
– "Player" is "App DirecTvNow vX.XX.X" (2)
– "URL" reports the channel name (3)

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 268

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Streaming Tests

Figure 5-37: DirecTV Now results in NQDI

For more details about the reported KPIs, refer to

Manual - NQDI - KPI Users Guide.pdf

5.3.2 Facebook Watch

Facebook Watch is a streaming service, currently only available in the United States,
for Facebook users. For testing the service, you must install Facebook app and set a
valid account.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 269

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Streaming Tests

Installing Facebook Watch

1. Launch QualiPoc.

2. Touch and touch "Settings".

3. Touch "Apps".

4. Under "Facebook settings", touch "Version", download and install the available ver-
sion.

Figure 5-38: Install Facebook app

Facebook settings

Set a valid account.

1. Launch QualiPoc.

2. Touch and touch "Settings".

3. Touch "Apps".

4. Under "Facebook settings":

a) Enter the "Username".
b) Enter the "Email".

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 270

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Streaming Tests

c) Enter the "Password".

Figure 5-39: Facebook settings

Disable the automatic updates of app.

● If signed-in to Google: Launch "Play Store", touch the menu icon (1) and under
"Settings" (2), set "Auto-update apps" to "Do not auto-update apps." (3).

Figure 5-40: Disable the automatic update of apps

● In Facebook app: Disable "App Updates".

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 271

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Streaming Tests

Figure 5-41: Disable Facebook app updates

If "App Updates" is not visible on your device, e.g., on Samsung S5 (G900F), ensure
that you disable the automatic updates of apps in Play Store.

In addition, in Facebook app:

● Language: Launch "Facebook" app, touch the menu icon (1) and under "Help &
Settings" area, touch "Language" (2) and set it to "English" (3).

Figure 5-42: Facebook app language settings

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 272

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Streaming Tests

● Autoplay: Launch "Facebook" app, touch the menu icon (1) and under "Help &
Settings" area, touch "App Settings" (2) and set "Autoplay" to "On Mobile Data and
Wi-Fi Connections" (3).

Figure 5-43: Autoplay settings

Configuring Facebook Watch

To configure Facebook Watch streaming test

1. Touch the main menu , touch "Campaigns" and then touch the "Create campaign"
icon .

2. Touch "Streaming Tests" and touch "Facebook Watch Test".

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 273

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Streaming Tests

Figure 5-44: Facebook Watch test

3. Touch "Facebook Watch". Set the following parameters:

Settings Description

"Link" Refers to the video that Facebook Watch streams, e.g., https://m.face-
book.com/story.php?story_fbid=344914869264856&id=344464935976516

"Display duration (s)" Defines how long the video is streamed starting from the first frame. The
maximum value is 600 seconds.

"Maximum test duration Defines a maximum duration from test start. In any case, the test is interrup-
(s)" ted if "Maximum test duration (s)" is reached.

"Stream lost timeout The test fails if the stream freezes for longer than the set value. The maxi-
(s)" mum value is 14400 seconds.

"Connection timeout The test fails if the first frame after pressing the video play button does not
(s)" appear within the set value. The maximum value is 240 seconds.

"Max setup time (s)" Defines the maximum allowed time from the test start until the Netflix app is
ready to start playing a movie. It covers the time needed to launch the app,
log in, select a profile, until the video play button is ready to be pressed. The
maximum value is 240 seconds.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 274

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Streaming Tests

Figure 5-45: Facebook Watch test settings

Note: Recommendations & suggestions.

● Set a "Display duration" shorter than the duration of the video.
● Set a "Maximum test duration" longer than the sum of "Display duration", "Max
setup time" and "Connection timeout".
● Check that "Max setup time" is enough for logging in (and relogging in) to the
app.
● You can copy the "Video Url" directly from Facebook app, by touching "Copy
Link" when the video is paused.

Figure 5-46: Copy the video link in Facebook app

4. Touch the back button.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 275

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Streaming Tests

5. Specify the remaining parameters for the test, e.g., the number of "Cycles", and
then touch icon or "Start".

Monitoring Facebook Watch

Log monitor shows:
● "Time to 1st picture"
● "Resolution"
● V-MOS values
● Freezing percentage
● Jerkiness percentage

Postprocessing Facebook Watch

In NQDI, the results are available:
● By selecting "Facebook Watch" in "Type of Test" field under "Test" tab
● Under "Analysis > Video > Video" and "Analysis > Video > ETSI TCP Streaming
KPIs" tabs

Figure 5-47: Facebook Watch results in NQDI

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 276

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Streaming Tests

● There is no dedicated KPI for Facebook Watch test.

● Video duration is not available.

5.3.3 Generic Video Test

The generic video test starts the VMON algorithm and allows you to evaluate the video
streaming quality of any video streaming application and analyze the VMON results in
NQDI.

5.3.3.1 Configuring Generic Video Test

1. On "Add test", touch "Generic Video Test" under "Streaming Tests" section.

2. Set the test's timings:

● "Test duration (s)": when the test duration is reached, QualiPoc application
comes in the foreground.
● "Stream lost timeout": the test fails if the stream freezes for longer than the set
value.

3. Define how to start and stop the application of interest and how to start the video
streaming:

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 277

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Streaming Tests

a) Using scripts for automatically starting and stopping the video streaming.
Configure Linux shell scripts as follows:
● Use only LF as end of line character.
● Use an appropriate tool to transfer the file to the phone.
● Ensure that you have the permission to execute the script files (chmod
command).
Examples:

Figure 5-48: Script for starting video streaming

Figure 5-49: Script for stopping video streaming

● Touch "Generic Video Test" (1). Touch "Start script" (2) and locate your
script:

Figure 5-50: Define generic video test with script.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 278

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Streaming Tests

b) Manually starting the application and the video streaming after you start
the campaign.
● In that case, you do not define scripts. Touch "Start script file source" (or
"Stop script file source") (1) and check that "No file" (2) is selected. When
you start the campaign, QualiPoc displays a popup and asks to start the
video:

Figure 5-51: Start video streaming manually.

● When the set duration is about to expire, QualiPoc displays a popup with a
five seconds countdown timer:

Figure 5-52: Set duration countdown timer

5.3.3.2 Monitoring Generic Video Test

The generic video test provides the following information on "Log" and "Test" monitors:
● "Resolution"
● "Video - Intermediate MOS"
● "Freezing": value in percentage

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 279

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Streaming Tests

● "Jerkiness": value in percentage

● "Video protocol"
● "Avg. MOS"

Figure 5-53: Log monitor for generic video test

Limitations
Depending on the application in use, the generic video test may not work or it may
report unreliable values:
● "Amazon Prime": VMON does not see the video.
● "Vodafone TV Italy": the test checks for rooted phones with the global fuse bit.
● "SAT1 TV": a location error occurs.

5.3.4 Netflix Streaming Test

Netflix is one of the most used applications for video streaming. To emulate the user
perception, Netflix application, and not an API, is used.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 280

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Streaming Tests

5.3.4.1 Installing Netflix App

To install Netflix
1. Touch "Apps" (1) on "QualiPoc Settings"

2. Touch "Version" under "Neflix Settings" (2)

Figure 5-54: Netflix version

a) Download one of the supported versions:

● 4.9.5
● 4.12.1

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 281

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Streaming Tests

b) Wait while the application is being installed.

Figure 5-55: Netflix install

Note: If needed, Google Play Service is updated during the application download.
3. You need a valid subscription for running the tests. Fill in the following fields
accordingly:
● "Username"
● "Password"
● "Profile"
Note: According to the subscription type, different functionalities are available, e.g.
the number of simultaneous users.
Although you can leave the "Profile" field empty, in case several profiles are
attached to the account, Netflix decides which profile is used. It could delay the
start of the video, and even lead to a failed test if "Max setup time (s)" is reached.

5.3.4.2 Configuring Netflix Streaming Test

To configure Netflix streaming test

1. On "Add test", touch "Netflix" under "Streaming Tests" section (1)

2. Enter the "Video ID" (2)

3. Set durations and cycles. See "Additional setting recommendations" on page 284
for additional settings description.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 282

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Streaming Tests

To get the "Video ID", use the share icon (5) in the test settings. Netflix application
opens (you need to log in first). Touch the sharing icon in Netflix (3) to share the Video
ID in the QualiPoc test configuration.
Check "Run video MOS evaluation" (6) to enable the video MOS evaluation. If you
uncheck the box, or if video MOS scores are not provided, freezing statistics are provi-
ded.
Netflix uses encryption for rendering HD resolution (i.e. resolution greater than
480p), preventing VMON algorithm from accessing the video frames. As a conse-
quence, we are not able to provide video MOS scores in case Netflix streams HD:
uncheck the box.
For most of the phones and regions, the video resolution does not exceed 480p and
video MOS is calculated.
Uncheck "Close app after test" (4) to leave the application running in the background:
● The application usually provides a lower resolution on test start
● Leaving it opened for next cycles gives higher probabilities of higher resolution
since the test is already started
● As a side effect, small IP traffic is generated while other tests are running

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 283

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Streaming Tests

Additional setting recommendations

● "Display duration": the maximum value is 600 seconds. To get the playout KPIs, it
has to be longer than the video duration
● "Start video time": it defines when the video playback starts, e.g. for a video that
lasts 600 seconds, setting "Start video time" to 500 means that the video is
streamed starting from the 500th second.

5.3.4.3 Monitoring Netflix Streaming Test

When Netflix streaming test is running, no manual interaction with the device is
allowed. Set a number of cycles or a duration to manage test stop. A proper message
is displayed to avoid the user to interfere with the ongoing tests:

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 284

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Streaming Tests

Figure 5-56: Netflix test running

"Test" tab (1) displays the overall statistics and "Log" tab displays the information rela-
ted to the test behavior, e.g. the version in use (2), the display resolution (3), the inter-
mediate MOS (4), etc.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 285

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Streaming Tests

Figure 5-57: Netflix test monitoring

5.3.4.4 Postprocessing the Netflix Streaming Test

In NQDI, the results are available:

● By selecting "NetFlix App No Reference Smartphone" in "Type of Test" field under
"Test" tab
● Under "Analysis" tab (1)
– "Player" is "App Netflix vX.XX.X" (2)
– "URL" reports the Netflix URL (2)

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 286

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Streaming Tests

Figure 5-58: Netflix results in NQDI

For more details about the reported KPIs, refer to

Manual - NQDI - KPI Users Guide.pdf

The same KPIs as for YouTube test are reported, but not all them are supported. For
more information on YouTube KPIs, refer to Chapter 5.3.5, "YouTube Video",
on page 287.

5.3.5 YouTube Video

The YouTube Service test calculates the following quality values:

● Configuration access time [s]: KPI 10620
● Pre-buffering time [s]: KPI 30621
● Video download time [s]: KPI 20625
● Video Duration [s]: Length of the video
● Video Display time [s]: Duration of the recorded video sequence
● Time to ready to play [s]: Time from sending the first TCP SYN packet to the You-
Tube server until completing the download of the player configuration

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 287

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Streaming Tests

● Time to start buffering [s]: KPI 10625

● Time to first picture [s]: Time from sending the first TCP SYN packet to YouTube
server until the first video frame is displayed on the screen
● Freezing [%] in relation to video display time
● Jerkiness [%] in relation to video display time

If the traffic is encrypted, i.e. when HTTPS is used, some KPIs are not populated.
You cannot use copyrighted videos or videos that have had embedding disabled.
You can select the YouTube app version for your test. For more information, see Chap-
ter 3.2.13.1, "YouTube App Version", on page 163.

The YouTube Service test supports the following link types:

● Full address https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=JX-28K0h0R4
● ID only JX-28K0h0R4
● Mobile site m.youtube.com/watch?v=JX-28K0h0R4
● Short address youtu.be/watch?v=JX-28K0h0R4

You can also share a link from the Android YouTube application with QualiPoc.

Figure 5-59: YouTube Service test settings

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 288

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Streaming Tests

"Run video MOS evaluation": Calculates Video MOS from IP parameters such as "IP
throughput" or resolution in use.

Figure 5-60: Video MOS results on Test monitor

To add a YouTube ID from the YouTube App

1. Click the share icon in the test settings screen.

Figure 5-61: YouTube Service configuration

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 289

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Streaming Tests

2. Search for the video in the YouTube app, touch the context menu beside the video,
and touch "Share".

Figure 5-62: Share YouTube video

3. On the "Share this video via" screen, touch "QualiPoc".

Figure 5-63: Share video with QualiPoc

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 290

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Streaming Tests

Figure 5-64: YouTube Service results

5.3.5.1 Download and Buffer Status

For tests running on QualiPoc Handheld (and Freerider Slave), three indicators are
available:
● Video - Buffering started
● Video - Buffering ended
● Video - DL Progress (value expressed as a percentage)

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 291

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Streaming Tests

Figure 5-65: Download / buffer status

Video completion displays "Video - DL Progress: 100%"

Currently, there is no specific KPI in NQDI Classic for handling this.

DL progress is not logged for YouTube live videos.
The supported YouTube app versions are:
● 10.34.57
● 11.27.53
● 11.49.55

5.3.5.2 Window Size

To get the highest possible resolutions, it is important to play videos in full screen.
Initial and maximum window size is always Landscape. Resizing while testing is possi-
ble.
On top-left of YouTube video, a toggle permits to switch from Landscape to Portrait

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 292

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Data Transfer Tests

Figure 5-66: YouTube video window size

Window size is indicated as soon as available on the right of the toggle. Window sizes
are defined as follows:
● Landscape: it is identical as a full-screen size but the height does not exceed
1200p
● Portrait: the width is limited by the screen width in portrait mode

5.4 Data Transfer Tests

● FTP DL and FTP UL............................................................................................. 293
● HTTP DL and HTTP UL........................................................................................ 295
● Capacity DL/UL..................................................................................................... 298
● Dropbox Transfer Test...........................................................................................303
● Ookla.....................................................................................................................310
● FCC SpeedTest.....................................................................................................312

5.4.1 FTP DL and FTP UL

FTP Transfer DL and UL tests establish a Packet Switch call, execute an FTP transfer,
and measure the test- related performances. You need to enter the following settings to
configure an FTP test.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 293

 SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Data Transfer Tests

Figure 5-67: FTP UL settings

● Host address: IP address of the host

To add the port number, type a colon (:) at the end of the address, and then type the
port number. Only QualiPoc Handheld uses this number.

Table 5-5: Description of the basic settings for FTP DL and UL single DATA tests

Setting Description

"Host" Name of the FTP server

For FTP UL: File that you want to transfer:

● "Upload data source" For FTP UL:
● "Upload data source": two options are available
For FTP DL:
– "Local file": select a local file to be uploaded
● "File to download"
– "Auto-generate local file": auto-generate the file to be uploaded (under
\QualiPoc\Reference\Generated folder)
If the file is not already available under \QualiPoc\Reference\Generated, it
is generated when the test starts; the generation time is not part of the set test
duration
For FTP DL:
● "File to download"

"FTP active mode" Check this box to use the FTP active mode. If you uncheck the box, FTP passive mode is
used.

"Username" and "Password" Login credentials for the FTP server

To prevent an overall test duration from being shorter than a minimum duration, set a
minimum test duration.
If the test finishes before reaching the minimum test duration, an additional pause
duration is added to reach this minimum duration.
The minimum test duration applies to both successful and failed tests.
The maximum test duration cannot be smaller than the minimum test duration. A vali-
dation message prevents you from starting a campaign if such an error arises.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 294

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Data Transfer Tests

For both FTP UL and FTP DL tests, you must set the "Maximum test duration" at least
to seven seconds if you check "Maximum duration as fixed duration".
The timings' validation is done when the campaign starts.

5.4.1.1 FTP Over SSL

FTP tests support FTP over SSL, that is, host addresses that start with FTPS and
FTPES.

► To use FTPS or FTPES, use the following formats for the host address when you
configure the test:
● ftps://ip_host_address
● ftpes://ip_host_address
Note:
● The default command port number for FTPS is 990 and for FTPES is 21. To
use a different command port number, add the a colon (:) and the number to
the end of the address, for example, ftps://80.74.152.241:992, where
992 is the custom port number.
● In NQDI Classic, the encrypted FTP protocol is not displayed on the "Protocol
Info" tab

5.4.2 HTTP DL and HTTP UL

The HTTP Transfer Download (DL) and Upload (UL) tests establish a Packet Switch
(PS) call, execute an HTTP transfer, and measures the test-related performances. You
need to enter the following settings for these tests.

Figure 5-68: HTTP Transfer UL test

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 295

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Data Transfer Tests

Figure 5-69: HTTP transfer method

Figure 5-70: HTTP transfer type

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 296

 SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Data Transfer Tests

Table 5-6: Description of the settings for HTTP Browser Transfer DL and UL single DATA tests

Setting Description

"URL" URL is the concatenation of the IP address of the host and the
file that you want to upload (for HTTP UL) or download (HTTP
DL):
If you want to use the HTTPS protocol for the test, use the fol-
lowing format for the URL:
https://user:[email protected]/put/10MB_inttest.dat

"Upload data source" (for HTTP UL) File that you want to transfer:
For HTTP UL:
● "Upload data source": two options are available
– "Local file": select a local file to be uploaded
– "Auto-generate local file": auto-generate the file to be
uploaded (under
\QualiPoc\Reference\Generated folder)
If the file is not already available under
\QualiPoc\Reference\Generated, it is generated
when the test starts; the generation time is not part of
the set test duration

"Method" Transfer method for HTTP upload test

"Username" and "Password" Login credentials for the HTTP server

"Force DNS lookup" If you run the test towards the same web page, the device
accesses it without resolving the URL name against the DNS,
by keeping the IP address in the cache; it subtracts the DNS
host resolution time from each test. To avoid this issue, and thus
to repeat the DNS request, check "Force DNS lookup" option.
If you check this option, NQDI reports KPI 31100 under "Analy-
sis" tab.

Timing options Specify advanced timeouts and test options

"Number of cycles" Number of times to repeat a single test before the campaign
ends

"Transfer Type" ● "Full"

● "Fixed Duration (Max. test duration)": Runs for the amount
of time that you specify in the "Maximum test duration" set-
ting
● "Fixed Duration ETSI": Starts when the first HTTP packet is
received

To prevent an overall test duration from being shorter than a minimum duration, set a
minimum test duration.
If the test finishes before reaching the minimum test duration, an additional pause
duration is added to reach this minimum duration.
The minimum test duration applies to both successful and failed tests.
The maximum test duration cannot be smaller than the minimum test duration. A vali-
dation message prevents you from starting a campaign if such an error arises.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 297

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Data Transfer Tests

For both HTTP UL and HTTP DL tests:

● You must set the "Maximum test duration" at least to seven seconds if you set
"Transfer type" to "Fixed duration (Max. test duration)".
● You must set the "Fixed duration ETSI" at least to seven seconds if you set "Trans-
fer type" to "Fixed duration (ETSI)".
The timings' validation is done when the campaign starts.

5.4.3 Capacity DL/UL

To add and configure a Capacity DL/UL, touch "Capacity DL/UL" (1) under "Data
Transfer Tests" (2). Select either "GET" or "PUT" (3) to define the direction, and
respectively download or upload a file.

Capacity DL/UL tests can execute up to 10 parallel HTTP or FTP downloads at once:

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 298

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Data Transfer Tests

Figure 5-71: Capacity DL/UL single DATA test

When you select "PUT" for the "Operation", "Upload data source" field (1) is displayed
and allows two options for uploading the file:

Figure 5-72: Upload data source

● "Local file": select a local file to be uploaded

● "Auto-generate local file": auto-generate the file to be uploaded (under
\QualiPoc\Reference\Generated folder)
If the file is not already available under \QualiPoc\Reference\Generated, it is
generated when the test starts; the generation time is not part of the set test dura-
tion.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 299

 SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Data Transfer Tests

Table 5-7: Description of the settings for a Capacity DL/UL single DATA test

Setting Description

"URLs" HTTP or FTP address of the site that you want to download or
upload

Durations Specify advanced timeouts and test options

"Cycles" Number of times to repeat a single test before the campaign

ends

"Force DNS lookup" If you run the test towards the same web page, the device
accesses it without resolving the URL name against the DNS,
by keeping the IP address in the cache; it subtracts the DNS
host resolution time from each test. To avoid this issue, and thus
to repeat the DNS request, check "Force DNS lookup" option.
If you check this option, NQDI reports KPI 31100 under "Analy-
sis" tab.

Ensure that the total download size of the reference files is large enough to last for the
duration of the test.
Using up to 10 URLs is useful for measuring high throughputs, e.g., in carrier aggrega-
tion tests with MIMO 4x4.
For "Capacity" tests, you must set the "Maximum test duration" at least to seven sec-
onds.
The timings' validation is done when the campaign starts.
To configure a Capacity DL/UL test using the FTP protocol, enter the URL as follows:
ftp://user:pw@FTPhost/filename. In addition, ensure that you:
● Use different filenames for avoiding writing conflicts.
● Replace % character by %25 in the credentials, for example: replace ftp://user-
name:pwWith%[email protected]/1GB.dat by ftp://username:pwWith%25Char-
[email protected]/1GB.dat.
The following limitations apply to the use of the FTP protocol:
● FTP active mode is not supported.
● Secured connections, i.e., FTPS/FTPES are not supported.
● You cannot mix HTTP and FTP URLs.
● HTTP Capacity SubTest AccessTimes messages are not written since they are
HTTP specific.
● ISPConfig information is not written. Only the Capacity HTTP writes the ISPConfig
information of the first HTTP transfer.
● The reported traffic is taken from the application level while in the HTTP transfer it
is taken from the TCP level.
● MultiSocket KPIs are not available.

5.4.3.1 Monitoring Capacity DL/UL Test

The "Log" tab displays the intermediate throughputs

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 300

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Data Transfer Tests

Figure 5-73: Log tab

The "Test" tab displays the "Capacity" test statistics:

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 301

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Data Transfer Tests

Figure 5-74: Test tab

5.4.3.2 Postprocessing the Capacity DL/UL

The analysis is available in NQDI under "Capacity Test" tab (1)

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 302

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Data Transfer Tests

Figure 5-75: Capacity Test tab

For more details about the reported KPIs, refer to

Manual - NQDI - KPI Users Guide.pdf

5.4.4 Dropbox Transfer Test

The section describes how to configure a smartphone test for the Dropbox cloud-based
storage service.
For more information on the Dropbox test, see the
White Paper - Cloud Storage Service Testing for Dropbox.pdf docu-
ment.

5.4.4.1 Creating and Configuring a Dropbox Account

The Dropbox test requires a Dropbox developer account and an access token.

To create an access token for your Dropbox account

1. Open a browser, go to https://www.dropbox.com/developers/, and then click "Cre-
ate your app"

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 303

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Data Transfer Tests

Figure 5-76: Create your app

2. Create a Dropbox account:

a) Click "Create an account"
b) Enter the account information, select "I agree to Dropbox terms", and then click
"Create an account"

Figure 5-77: Create an account

c) Use the browser "Back" button to cancel the Dropbox app download and to
return to the previous page
d) Optionally, i.e. if you did not receive any verification message yet, click "Send
email for verification"

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 304

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Data Transfer Tests

e) Log in to your email account, open the verification message from Dropbox, and
then click "Verify your email"
Note: You do not need to download the Dropbox app.
3. Create an app for the Dropbox test:
a) On the "Create a new app on the Dropbox Platform" page, click "Dropbox API"
on "1. Choose an API" area
b) Click "App folder – Access to a single folder created specifically for your app."
on "2. Choose the type of access you need"
c) Enter a name for your app in "3. Name your app"
d) Check "I agree to Dropbox API Terms and Conditions"
e) Click "Create app"

Figure 5-78: Create app for Dropbox test

f) In the "Development users" area, click "Enable additional users", and then click
"Okay" in the "Limit raised to 500 users" dialog box
g) In the "OAuth 2" area, click "Generate"

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 305

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Data Transfer Tests

h) Copy the access token to a text file and save the file

Figure 5-79: Generate Access Token

i) Sign out.
Note: You need the access token to configure the Dropbox test.
4. (Optional) Create a subfolder for the Dropbox download test
a) Go to https://www.dropbox.com and sign in again
b) Click "Apps" and click your app
c) Click "New folder" icon (1), enter a name, e.g. Download (2), and press [Enter]

Figure 5-80: Create a folder

You do not need to share the folder.

d) Click the folder and click the "Upload" icon
e) Click "Choose files" and locate the files for the download test
f) Click "Open", select the files, and then click "Done" at the end of the download

5.4.4.2 Creating a Dropbox Test

This procedure requires the access token to the developer account that you created in
Figure 5-79.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 306

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Data Transfer Tests

To create a Dropbox test

This procedure describes how to create a "Single Data Test". You can also create a
"Multiple Test".
1. Touch the main menu , touch "Campaigns", and then touch the drawer icon .

2. Touch the "Create job" icon

3. On the "Create job" screen, touch "Data Transfer Tests" group, and then touch
"Dropbox Transfer"

Figure 5-81: Create a Dropbox Transfer test

4. Configure the service for the test.

a) Touch "Service"
b) Touch "Name" and enter a name for the test.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 307

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Data Transfer Tests

c) Touch "Dropbox access token" and enter the token that you created in Fig-
ure 5-79.

Figure 5-82: Service configuration

d) Touch the back button.

5. Add Dropbox actions to the test.

a) Touch "Actions" and touch an action in the list, for example, "Upload file".

Figure 5-83: Select action type

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 308

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Data Transfer Tests

b) Specify the settings for the action and touch "OK".

Figure 5-84: Upload file action

c) To add another action to the test, touch the plus sign (+) at the top of the "Test -
App - Actions" screen.

Figure 5-85: Add a new test

Note: The maximum size for the file to be uploaded is 150 MB.
QualiPoc automatically generates the files for the "Upload File" action in the follow-
ing location:
/QualiPoc/references/DataUpload/Generated/
The files are not compressible.
6. Touch the back button and touch the check mark ✔ at the top of the screen to save
the campaign.
You can monitor a Dropbox test on the "Log" and"Test" monitors.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 309

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Data Transfer Tests

Figure 5-86: Monitoring a Dropbox test

5.4.5 Ookla

QualiPoc can use the Ookla Speedtest Mobile App to test the performance of an Inter-
net connection. For more information about the installation of the app, see Chap-
ter 3.2.13.2, "Ookla Speedtest App Version", on page 164.
The Ookla Speedtest performs the following tests:
● "Ping"
● "Download": Uses a predefined duration that you cannot change in QualiPoc
● "Upload": Uses a predefined duration that you cannot change in QualiPoc

To configure an Ookla test

1. Touch the main menu , touch "Campaigns" and then touch the "Create job" icon
.

2. Touch "Data Transfer Tests" and touch "Ookla".

3. Touch "Actions" and add an "Execute Test".

4. (Optional) Touch "Server ID" to enter the ID of the server to which Ookla app con-
nects to perform the test. Touch icon to connect to http://www.speedtest-
server.com/ and search for a server.
Note: If you keep the default value, i.e., 0, the app tries to pick up the most con-
venient server, i.e. the server taking the shortest time for a response.
For more information on the server's selection, refer to https://support.speedt-
est.net/hc/en-us/articles/203845410-How-does-the-Begin-Test-button-select-a-
server-.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 310

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Data Transfer Tests

5. (Optional) Touch the plus sign (+) to add an additional "Execute Test".

Figure 5-87: Test App Actions

6. Touch the back button.

7. Specify the remaining parameters for the test, for example, the number of "Cycles",
and then touch "Done".

Figure 5-88: Ookla test

5.4.5.1 Running an Ookla Test

When QualiPoc runs the test, the Speedtest App is in the foreground. QualiPoc starts
the App and presses the "Begin Test" button.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 311

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Data Transfer Tests

Do not close the Speedtest App during the test, that is, do not try to access any other
App on the phone, including QualiPoc, otherwise the test will fail.

Figure 5-89: Warning message

Figure 5-90: Speedtest App

5.4.6 FCC SpeedTest

FCC SpeedTest measures the packet loss (%) and latency (ms) with UDP transfer. In
addition, FCC SpeedTest measures the upload and download speed (Mbps).
The test requires an external application to be installed from QualiPoc settings.
The only supported versions are FCC Speed Test version 1.122 and 1.123.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 312

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Data Transfer Tests

5.4.6.1 Installing the FCC Speed Test Application

To install FCC Speed Test

1. Touch and touch "Settings"

2. Touch "Apps". By default FCC Speed Test is not installed (1)

Figure 5-91: FCC Speed Test app not installed

3. Touch "FCC Speed Test Version", download and install the application

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 313

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Data Transfer Tests

Figure 5-92: Installing FCC Speed Test

4. FCC Speed Test app is now ready for testing

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 314

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Data Transfer Tests

Figure 5-93: FCC Speed Test installed

5.4.6.2 Configuring the FCC Speed Test Application

To configure FCC speed test

1. On "Add test", touch "FCC SpeedTest" (1) under "Data Transfer Tests"

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 315

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Data Transfer Tests

Figure 5-94: FCC Speed Test

2. Touch "Actions" (1) and define the actions among:

● "Latency / Loss" (2)
● "All" (3): for measuring latency, packet loss, upload and download speed

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 316

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Data Transfer Tests

Figure 5-95: Action definition

5.4.6.3 Monitoring the FCC Speed Test

The test opens and configures the FCC Speed test App and measures the required
parameters. When FCC speed test is running, no manual interaction with the device is
allowed. A proper message (1) is displayed to avoid the user to interfere with the ongo-
ing tests:

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 317

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Data Transfer Tests

Figure 5-96: FCC Speed Test running

5.4.6.4 Analyzing the Results in NQDI

NQDI displays the results under "Analysis > Application" tab

Figure 5-97: Application tab

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 318

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Social Media Tests

The available KPIs are the same as for Ookla Speed Test, i.e. 10470, 20470, 30470,
31000, 31100.
New KPIs are available on the "KPI Report Generator":
● "Integrity - Data - Application Latency FCC"
● "Integrity - Data - Application Packet Loss FCC"
● "Integrity - Data - Application Throughput FCC downlink"
● "Integrity - Data - Application Throughput FCC uplink"

5.5 Social Media Tests

● Facebook Test.......................................................................................................319
● Browsing............................................................................................................... 332
● Instagram Test.......................................................................................................334

5.5.1 Facebook Test

The Facebook test can perform the following actions:

● "Open Profile"
● "Open Home"
● "Create Post": Text and picture
Facebook can block accounts when a high number of "Post a picture"
actions is executed per day.
● "Open Post": Full download or preview only
● "Like Post": this action may not work properly and results in failed Facebook
tests, due to changes in Facebook Like policy.
● "Comment Post"
● "Delete Post"
A Facebook test always starts with a new user and an empty profile. The "Like Post",
"Comment Post", or "Delete Post" actions must come after a "Create Post " action in
the test sequence. In a test with more than one "Create Post", these actions execute
on the most recent post.

Example: Test with several Create Post actions

● "Create Post" (Post1)
– "Create Post" (Post2)
– "Like Post" (Post2)
– "Delete Post" (Post2)
● "Comment Post "(Post1)

For additional information on the Facebook test, see the

Application Note - Facebook Test.pdf document.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 319

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Social Media Tests

● Creating a Facebook App..................................................................................... 320

● Creating a Facebook Test..................................................................................... 328
● Monitoring a Facebook Test.................................................................................. 331

5.5.1.1 Creating a Facebook App

A Facebook test requires an App ID and an App token, which you can obtain when you
create a Facebook App.

To create a Facebook App

1. Open a browser, go to https://www.facebook.com.

2. Create a Facebook account:

a) Enter the account information in the "Sign Up" form and click "Sign Up".

Figure 5-98: Create an account

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 320

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Social Media Tests

b) Confirm your account:

Example with a Gmail account:
● Click "Connect to Gmail".
Feacebook automatically confirm the account. Click "OK" on "Account Con-
firmed" panel.

Figure 5-99: Confirm a Gmail account

● Alternatively, log in (in a new window) to the email account that you provi-
ded on the signup form, open the confirmation message from Facebook,
and then click "Confirm Your Account".
Note: As Facebook updates its user interface regularly, some of the reported
screenshots may slightly differ from the ones you get while performing the registra-
tion steps. We apologize for the inconvenience.
3. Register as a Facebook developer and create your first app:

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 321

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Social Media Tests

a) In your browser, go to https://developers.facebook.com, and click "Get Started"

at the top right of the page.

Figure 5-100: Register as Facebook developer

b) Click "Next" on "Welcome to Facebook for Developers" panel.

Figure 5-101: Step 1: Register

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 322

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Social Media Tests

c) Verify your account by entering your phone number (1), and then by clicking
"Send as Text" (2).
d) If requested, reenter your Facebook password (3) and click "Submit" (4).
e) Enter the confirmation code that you receive by SMS in the dedicated area (5)
and click "Verify" (6).

Figure 5-102: Step 2: Verify

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 323

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Social Media Tests

f) Edit the "App Name" (1) at your convenience and click "Next" (2).

Figure 5-103: Step 3: First App

g) Perform the security check and click "Submit".

Figure 5-104: Security Check

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 324

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Social Media Tests

h) Skip the following step.

Figure 5-105: Step 4: Tell Us About You

i) Click "Add your First Product".

Figure 5-106: Add Your First Product

You are redirected to the following page.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 325

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Social Media Tests

Figure 5-107: Your product page

4. Take note of your app references:

● App ID
● App Token
a) Click "APP ID" area to copy the App ID. Paste it in an editor.

Figure 5-108: App ID

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 326

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Social Media Tests

b) Click "Tools & Support".

Figure 5-109: Tools & Support

c) Click "Access Token Tool".

Figure 5-110: Access Token Tool

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 327

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Social Media Tests

d) Copy the "App Token". Paste it in an editor.

Figure 5-111: App Token

5. Save these references.

Figure 5-112: Facebook app references

Note: You need these references when you configure a Facebook test.

5.5.1.2 Creating a Facebook Test

You need a valid license to create a Facebook test.

Please consult Chapter F, "Customer Support Center", on page 448 for the best
method to contact us.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 328

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Social Media Tests

To create a Facebook test

This procedure describes how to create a "Single Data Test". You can also create a
"Multiple Test".
1. Touch the main menu , touch "Campaigns", and then touch the drawer icon .

2. Touch the "Create job" icon .

3. On the "Create job" screen, touch "Social Media Tests", and then touch "Face-
book".

Figure 5-113: Select Facebook service

4. Specify the details of the Facebook App that you created in Chapter 5.5.1.1, "Cre-
ating a Facebook App", on page 320.
a) Touch and enter the "Name" of the App.
b) Touch and enter the "App ID".
c) Touch "App Token" and enter the access token for the App.

5. Touch "Actions" and touch an action on the "Select action type" screen.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 329

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Social Media Tests

Figure 5-114: Select action type

● For the "Create Post" action, touch the type of post, and then touch "OK".

Figure 5-115: Create post action

● For the "Open post" action, specify the download options if the post contains a
picture, and then touch "OK".

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 330

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Social Media Tests

Figure 5-116: Open post action

Note: You can add a maximum of 30 actions.

6. Touch the back button and touch the check mark ✔ at the top of the screen to save
the test.

Figure 5-117: Monitoring a Facebook test

5.5.1.3 Monitoring a Facebook Test

You can use the "Log" monitor to view the start and end of Facebook actions and the
"Test" monitor for the overall test execution time, including the times for single actions
and sequences of actions.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 331

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Social Media Tests

5.5.2 Browsing

An HTTP Browser test establishes a Packet Switch (PS) call and performs a browsing
test to output test relevant results. For this test QualiPoc application uses the same
web engine as the built-in browser does. To run the test you need to specify the follow-
ing settings for an HTTP Browsing test.

Figure 5-118: HTTP Browser single DATA test

If you run the test towards the same web page, the device accesses it without resolv-
ing the URL name against the DNS, by keeping the IP address in the cache; it sub-
tracts the DNS host resolution time from each test. To avoid this issue, and thus to
repeat the DNS request, check "Force DNS lookup" option.
If you check this option, NQDI reports KPI 31100 under "Analysis" tab.

The HTTP Browser test supports HTTP traffic compression according to the following
HTTP standards:
● All requests must have the accept-encoding=gzip header
The value can contain additional options to gzip.
● If an HTTP request contains the accept-encoding=gzip header, the server can
decide whether to return a compressed gzip response.
This header is not a command. Instead, the server decides whether the compres-
sion makes sense or not. In general, the server compresses text files, such as,
*.txt, *.html, and *.csc, but not images that are already in a compressed for-
mat, for example, *.jpg.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 332

 SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Social Media Tests

► To check compression if PCAP recording is enabled, use Wireshark you can check
if all request have the correct accept-encoding header and there are some respon-
ses with header “Content-encoding=gzip”

You can use Wireshark to verify HTTP compression if you have enabled PCAP files.
Look for the correct accept-encoding header as well as Content-encoding=gzip
headers.

Figure 5-119: Checking if PCAP recording is enable

Table 5-8: Description of the settings for an HTTP Browser single DATA test

Setting Description

"URL" HTTP address of the site that you want to browse

"Advanced Settings" Specify advanced timeouts and test options

"Number of cycles" Number of times to repeat a single test before the campaign
ends

To prevent an overall test duration from being shorter than a minimum duration, set a
minimum test duration.
If the test finishes before reaching the minimum test duration, an additional pause
duration is added to reach this minimum duration.
The minimum test duration applies to both successful and failed tests.
The maximum test duration cannot be smaller than the minimum test duration. A vali-
dation message prevents you from starting a campaign if such an error arises.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 333

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Social Media Tests

5.5.3 Instagram Test

Instagram is a social networking app for sharing photos and videos from a smartphone.
Everyone who creates an Instagram account has a profile and a news feed. Posted
videos and photos are displayed on your profile. Your followers access your posts in
their own feed, and conversely.
The Instagram test performs the following actions:
● "Post Picture"
● "Post Video"
● "Comment Post"
● "Delete Post"

SwissQual provides default media for performing the actions. Refer to step 5.

Do the following before configuring the test on QualiPoc:

● Install the Instagram app via QualiPoc settings.
● Ensure that you have a valid Instagram user account. If you need to create an
account, see Chapter 5.5.3.2, "Instagram Account Creation", on page 335
● Configure the Instagram user account on QualiPoc.

5.5.3.1 Instagram Installation

To install Instagram
1. Launch QualiPoc.

2. Touch and touch "Settings"

3. Touch "Apps".

4. Touch "Version" (1) under "Instagram Settings".

5. Touch the version number that you want to install under "Version", download and
install the application:

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 334

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Social Media Tests

Figure 5-120: Install Instagram

Note: Some devices like HTC10 or LG G5 are shipped with a preinstalled Insta-
gram version, and automatic update that must be disabled.
The supported versions are 10.4.0.669 and 11.0.0.12.20.

5.5.3.2 Instagram Account Creation

Register using any of the following:

● Email
● Mobile phone number
● Facebook account
The following procedure describes the creation of the account using a phone number:

To create an Instagram account

1. Touch "Sign up with email or phone number".

2. Enter your phone number.

3. Enter the confirmation code.

4. Enter your full name and a password, and then touch "Next":

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 335

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Social Media Tests

Figure 5-121: Account creation - step 1 to 4

Note: Remember the password, you have to use it in QualiPoc. Refer to step 4
5. Enter a username, and then touch "Next".
Note: Remember the username, you have to use it in QualiPoc. Refer to step 4
6. Skip the next step: "Find Facebook Friends To Follow".

7. Confirm by touching again "Skip".

8. Touch "Next" on "Find Contacts":

Figure 5-122: Account creation - step 5 to 8

9. Skip "Add Profile Photo".

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 336

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Social Media Tests

10. You are now registered on Instagram:

Figure 5-123: Account creation - step 9 to 10

5.5.3.3 Configure Instagram User Account on QualiPoc

1. Launch QualiPoc.

2. Touch and touch "Settings".

3. Touch "Apps".

4. Under "Instagram Settings":

a) Enter the username (1) you have defined at step 5.
b) Enter the password (2) you have defined at step 4.

5. Under "General Settings", activate "Default Media" (3) to test Instagram using the
media provided by SwissQual:

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 337

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Social Media Tests

Figure 5-124: Configure Instagram user account on QualiPoc

5.5.3.4 Creating Instagram Test

To create an Instagram test

1. Under "Social Media Tests" screen, touch "Instagram" (1).

2. Add "Actions" (2), for instance: "Post Picture" (3).

3. A picture is automatically added to the actions' list (4). Touch "+" to add supple-
mentary actions (5):

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 338

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Social Media Tests

Figure 5-125: Configure Instagram test (1/2)

Note: Limit the number of images and videos to 170 (85 pictures + 85 videos per
day) to avoid getting blocked by Instagram.
4. Configure the durations, cycles, and pauses.

5. Press "Start".

Once started, the test sequentially executes the configured actions:

● "Post Picture" and "Post Video" actions respectively upload a picture and a video to
the Instagram account.
● "Comment Post" inserts a comment for the previous post. No input is required from
the user.
● "Delete Post" deletes the previous post.
A red banner warns the user not to interact with the app during the running test.

5.5.3.5 Monitoring Instagram Test

"Live monitoring" reports the logs of the Instagram test on "Log" panel. The execution
of each single action is reported, i.e. "Action 1 ended" (1):

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 339

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Social Media Tests

Figure 5-126: Log panel

5.5.3.6 Postprocessing Instagram Test

The postprocessing application NQDI displays the results under "Analysis" tab:
● If an action uploads a file, NQDI reports the corresponding filename and the size of
file:
– "Post picture" uploads a picture.
– "Post video" uploads a video.
● "Social media" tab displays the following:

Figure 5-127: Social media tab

The graph displays colored bars, core and "init" durations being differentiated:

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 340

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Performance Tests

Figure 5-128: Instagram test results

The average throughput is shown for all actions containing picture/video upload.

5.6 Performance Tests

● Ping.......................................................................................................................341
● Network Performance........................................................................................... 343

5.6.1 Ping

A Ping test establishes a Packet Switch call and pings the host that you specify to eval-
uate the Round Trip Time (RTT). You need to specify the following settings for a Ping
test.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 341

 SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Performance Tests

Figure 5-129: Ping test

Table 5-9: Description of the settings for a Ping test

Setting Description

"Host" IP address of the host

"Number of pings and interval" Number of pings

"Interval" Interval between pings in milliseconds

The minimum interval value is 10ms.

"Packet size" Enter the packet size in bytes

"Timeout" Timeout for the ping in seconds

"Cycles" Number of times to repeat a single test before the campaign ends

To prevent an overall test duration from being shorter than a minimum duration, set a
minimum test duration.
If the test finishes before reaching the minimum test duration, an additional pause
duration is added to reach this minimum duration.
The minimum test duration applies to both successful and failed tests.
The maximum test duration cannot be smaller than the minimum test duration. A vali-
dation message prevents you from starting a campaign if such an error arises.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 342

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Performance Tests

Ping test implemented in QualiPoc and Freerider III support IPv6 address.
IPv6 entry has the following format [2a00:1450:4009:810::200e].
Additionally, the IPv6 packets are displayed in the IP monitor and filtered as ICMP
packets

Figure 5-130: Filtering IPv6 packets

The IPv6 source and destination addresses are visible in the decoded packet

5.6.2 Network Performance

Network Performance test aims at checking the network connectivity continuously, and
provides peak performance indications. It is a combination of Iperf3 test, that runs con-

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 343

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Performance Tests

tinuously to check the network connectivity, and capacity tests (get or put) that are exe-
cuted for a short time with a set interval time. For a detailed description of the test,
refer to Application Note - Network Performance Test.pdf.

5.6.2.1 Network Performance Test Configuration

To configure Network Performance Test

1. On "Add test" screen, under "Performance Tests" section, touch "Network Perform-
ance" (1)

Figure 5-131: Configuring Network Performance Test

2. Set the "Operation" type (2)

a) "GET" for downlink
b) "PUT" for uplink

3. Set the "Iperf Host" that corresponds to the Iperf3 server in use

4. The following table lists the additional settings:

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 344

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Performance Tests

Table 5-10: Network Performance settings

Setting Minimum value Maximum value Default value

"Maximum test dura- 0s one day 600 s

tion"

"Capacity peak dura- 6s 60 s 10 s

tion": corresponds to
the capacity test dura-
tion

"Capacity peak inter- 0s 1800 s 30 s

val": corresponds to the
gap between capacity
tests

"Capacity peak start off- 5 s 60 s 5s

set": corresponds to the
offset between test start
and first capacity test
start

"TCP floor bandwidth": 1 kbps 3000 kbps 100 kbps

corresponds to the
bandwidth used for the
Iperf3 test

"Download URLs" 1 4 n.a.

"Upload URLs" 1 4 n.a.

"Local file": corre- n.a. n.a. n.a.

sponds to the file to be
used for the "PUT" test

5.6.2.2 Network Performance Test Monitoring

The "Test" tab reports the statistics for the capacity test (1). The "Log" tab reports the
intermediate throughputs (2) and the connectivity percentage (3), corresponding to the
amount of time, during both the capacity and Iperf3 test, when the available throughput
is above the "TCP floor bandwidth"

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 345

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Messaging Tests

Figure 5-132: Monitoring Network Performance Test

5.6.2.3 Network Performance Test Analysis

For a list of available KPIs and the application examples, refer to the corresponding
chapter in Application Note - Network Performance Test.pdf.

5.7 Messaging Tests

The following tests require two sides, one for sending, the other for receiving. As both
jobs are defined as single-sided, these double-ended tests produce *-S.sqz files.
● Line Test................................................................................................................346
● MMS Send and Receive....................................................................................... 363
● SMS Send and Receive........................................................................................ 364
● Email Send and Receive.......................................................................................365
● WhatsApp Test...................................................................................................... 365

5.7.1 Line Test

Line is an internet-based messaging application which allows to make voice and video
calls, send text messages, pictures, videos, audio files and stickers.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 346

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Messaging Tests

5.7.1.1 Supported Use Cases

The scenario is a double-ended text, photo, and sticker test from one Friend to
another.

On Line, contacts are called Friends.

5.7.1.2 Installation

Installing
The supported versions are Line 6.2.2 and Line 7.5.2.

To install Line
1. Touch and touch "Settings".

2. Touch "Apps".

Figure 5-133: Line app not installed

3. Touch "Line App Version", download and install the application.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 347

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Messaging Tests

Figure 5-134: Installing Line

4. Line app is now ready for testing.

Figure 5-135: Line app installed

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 348

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Messaging Tests

Setting Up Line Profile

To set up Line profile

1. After installation, click "Sign up"

Figure 5-136: Signing up in Line

2. Enter the phone number.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 349

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Messaging Tests

Figure 5-137: Entering phone number

Line application sends you a verification SMS code.

3. Enter your name and touch "Register".

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 350

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Messaging Tests

Figure 5-138: Registering

Adding a Friend in Line Application

To add a friend in Line

1. Touch "Add Friends"

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 351

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Messaging Tests

Figure 5-139: Add friend

2. After adding the friend, its name shows up in your profile.

Figure 5-140: Friend added

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 352

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Messaging Tests

Limitations
● Current implementation supports only one friend.
● Manually create the friend on the phone.

5.7.1.3 Text Message, Photo and Sticker Tests

The Line test objective is to test the successful sending and receiving of text mes-
sages, photos and stickers, and to measure the time to perform these actions.

Basic Function
The message flow consists of the following steps:
● The sending side sends an initialization message which contains:
– A test identifier used for linking send and receive sessions
– The number of following messages
● The receiving side sends the finalization message.

The initialization message is composed of the following elements:

Finalization message is noted *SQTest# Done

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 353

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Messaging Tests

Figure 5-141: Line Test - Basic function

Creating a Line Send Test

To create a Line Send Test in QualiPoc

1. On "Messaging Tests" screen, touch "Line Send"

Figure 5-142: Line Send test

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 354

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Messaging Tests

2. On "Line Send" screen, touch "Actions"

Figure 5-143: Define actions

3. On "Test - App - Actions" screen, a "Send Text (initial)" action is already configured
and cannot be edited nor moved

Figure 5-144: Send text (initial)

It notifies the "Line Receive" test that a "Line Send" test has started and transmits
the required information. For more information on the message flow, refer to "Basic
Function" on page 353.

4. Touch on top-right part of the screen:

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 355

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Messaging Tests

Figure 5-145: Send actions

5. Touch "Send Text" and start writing your message, or touch "Send Sticker" or
"Send Photo"

Figure 5-146: Write a message

6. Touch "OK". The message is added to the actions' list.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 356

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Messaging Tests

Figure 5-147: Send Text action

Note: Send Text action allows a maximum of 21 text messages of up to 258 char-
acters.
Job validation shows an error if a "Send Text" action does not contain any text.

Figure 5-148: Job validation failed

For both "Send photo" and "Send sticker" tests, there is a limit of one photo or one
sticker action per test.
"Send photo" action always sends the same black photo, emulating user's behavior
picking up a photo from the gallery. "Send sticker" action always sends the same
sticker picking up a sticker from the sticker folder.
One test contains a maximum of 24 actions.
7. On "Line Send" screen, define Friend name. Touch "Friend name" and enter the
name of the Friend

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 357

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Messaging Tests

Figure 5-149: Define Friend

"Line send" test is ready. Configure "Line Receive" test (refer to "Line Receive
Test" on page 359. Make sure that both devices are time-synchronized, for a cor-
rect calculation of message durations in postprocessing.

Figure 5-150: Line Send test configured

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 358

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Messaging Tests

For more details on the results' analysis, refer to

Manual - Diversity Data and Messaging Tests.pdf

Line Receive Test

To create a Line Receive Test in QualiPoc

1. There are no Line relevant parameters to configure for the "Line Receive" test. On
"Messaging Tests" screen, touch "Line Receive"

Figure 5-151: Line receive test

2. Touch "Done" on the following screen

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 359

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Messaging Tests

Figure 5-152: Line Receive test configured

Postprocessing the Line Send and Line Receive Tests

Line Send Parameters

NQDI provides the following LINE parameters on the "Analysis" tab:

Figure 5-153: Line send parameters

Table 5-11: Line send parameters

Parameters Description

1 ID sent in the initialization message used for linking sending and receiving side.

2 Time when the message was sent.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 360

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Messaging Tests

Parameters Description

3 For notification message: Send notification. For other messages: the name of the action
as defined in the test.

4 Time needed to perform the sending action.

5 Throughput in kbit/s.

6 Type of action.

7 Time when the sending side received the confirmation that the receiving side has
received the message

8 Size of the uploaded picture.

9 Filename of the uploaded picture.

10 Action status. OK if successfully completed.

11 Link to the corresponding receiving side.

The chart displays two sets of lines:

● Dimmed lines (A) show the time when message was sent.
● Bold lines (B) show the time when the confirmation that the message has been
read on the receiving side has arrived.

Figure 5-154: Line send chart

Line Receive Parameters

NQDI provides the following LINE parameters on the "Analysis" tab:

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 361

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Messaging Tests

Figure 5-155: Line receive parameters

Parameters Description

1 ID sent in the initialization message used for linking sending and receiving side.

2 Time when the message was received.

3 The name of the action as defined in the test.

4 This field is populated when "Messaging Type" is "Receive Photo" and corresponds to
the picture download duration on the receive side

5 Throughput in kbit/s.

6 Type of action.

7 Time needed for the message delivery. It excludes the time needed to send the mes-
sage (Duration field on the sending side). It is calculated as: Delivery duration = Time
(receiving side) – Time (sending side) – Duration (sending side).

8 Size of the downloaded picture.

9 Filename of the downloaded picture.

10 Action status: "OK" if successfully completed.

11 Link to the corresponding sending side.

Delivery duration is displayed only when Line Send and Line Receive files are impor-
ted.
Delivery duration is correctly computed only when Line Send and Line Receive are
time-synchronized.

The chart displays bold lines representing the time when the receiving side receives
the message:

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 362

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Messaging Tests

Figure 5-156: Line receive chart

5.7.2 MMS Send and Receive

You can add up to two attachments to an MMS test.

Figure 5-157: MMS Send MESSAGE test

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 363

 SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Messaging Tests

Table 5-12: Description of the settings for MMS Send and Receive single MESSAGE tests

Setting Description

"Receiver number" Number of the receiver

"Attachment" File to send

"Send timeout" Time in seconds before aborting the test

"Cycles" Number of times to repeat a single test before the campaign

ends

5.7.3 SMS Send and Receive

The SMS test allows you to configure the following options.

At the beginning of the test, QualiPoc deletes the contents of the inbox.

Figure 5-158: SMS Send MESSAGE test

Table 5-13: Description of the settings for SMS Send and Receive single MESSAGE tests

Setting Description

"Receiver number" Number of the receiver

"Back to sender" Send a copy of the SMS to the sender

"Receive timeout" Time in seconds to wait for the SMS to return

"Send timeout" Time in seconds before aborting the send command

"SMS length" Number of characters in the SMS

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 364

 SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Messaging Tests

Setting Description

"Use custom text" Use a custom message for the SMS

"Custom text" Text for the SMS

"Cycles" Number of times to repeat a single test before the campaign

ends

5.7.4 Email Send and Receive

The email test supports SMTP, POP3, IMAP, and SSL.

Figure 5-159: Email Send single DATA job

Table 5-14: Description of the settings for a Email Send and Receive single DATA test

Setting Description

"Outgoing mail server name" and "Incoming mail server name" Address of the email server

Duration Specify advanced timeouts and test options

"Cycles" Number of times to repeat a single test before the campaign

ends

5.7.5 WhatsApp Test

WhatsApp is an internet-based messaging application which allows to share mes-

sages, photos, videos, documents, and voice calls with your contacts.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 365

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Messaging Tests

5.7.5.1 Supported Use Cases

The scenario is a double-ended text and photo test from one Contact to another.

5.7.5.2 Installation

Installing
The only supported version is WhatsApp 2.17.24

To install WhatsApp
1. Touch and touch "Settings"

2. Touch "Apps"

Figure 5-160: WhatsApp app not installed

3. Touch "Whats App Version", download and install the application

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 366

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Messaging Tests

Figure 5-161: Installing WhatsApp

4. WhatsApp app is now ready for testing:

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 367

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Messaging Tests

Figure 5-162: WhatsApp installed

If a different version than 2.17.24 is already in use on the device, WhatsApp test is not
supported.

Setting Up WhatsApp Profile

To set up WhatsApp profile

1. Start WhatsApp manually.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 368

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Messaging Tests

Figure 5-163: WhatsApp first launch

2. Touch "Agree and Continue".

3. Verify your phone number by following the proposed procedure.

Figure 5-164: Verifying phone number

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 369

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Messaging Tests

Adding a Contact in WhatsApp Application

To add a contact in WhatsApp application

► Once the profile set (refer to Chapter 5.7.5.2, "Installation", on page 366), touch
"Invite a Friend".

Figure 5-165: Add a contact

Do not use special characters for the contact name since it causes problems reading
the name.

Configuring WhatsApp
Disable all "Media auto-download" on WhatsApp "Data usage" screen.

To disable media's auto-download options

1. Display "Settings" screen:

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 370

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Messaging Tests

Figure 5-166: Settings screen

2. Press "Data usage" and deactivate all options under "Media auto-download":

Figure 5-167: No media

Limitations
● The current implementation supports only one contact.
● Manually create the contact on the phone.
● The application must stay in the foreground.
● The use of the international prefix, e.g. +41 for Switzerland, is required for the defi-
nition of the contact phone number.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 371

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Messaging Tests

● Only one send photo action per test is allowed. The photo is a predefined 375 kbit
image

Save the contacts according to your needs, either on the device or on the SIM card.
If the SIM card changes, WhatsApp asks to repeat the verification steps.

5.7.5.3 Text Message and Photo Tests

The message flow consists of the following steps:

● The sending side sends an initialization message which contains:
– A test identifier used for linking send and receive sessions
– The number of following messages
● The receiving side sends the finalization message.

The initialization message is composed of the following elements:

Finalization message is noted *SQTest# Done.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 372

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Messaging Tests

Figure 5-168: WhatsApp Test - Basic function

Creating a WhatsApp Send Test

To create a WhatsApp Send Test in QualiPoc

1. On "Messaging Tests" screen, touch "WhatsApp Send".

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 373

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Messaging Tests

Figure 5-169: WhatsApp Send test

2. On "WhatsApp Send" screen, touch "Actions".

Figure 5-170: Define actions

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 374

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Messaging Tests

3. On "Test - App - Actions" screen, a "Send Text (initial)" action is already configured
and cannot be edited nor moved.

Figure 5-171: Send text (initial)

It notifies the "WhatsApp Receive" test that a "WhatsApp Send" test has started
and transmits the required information. For more information on the message flow,
refer to Chapter 5.7.5.3, "Text Message and Photo Tests", on page 372.

4. Touch on top-right part of the screen.

Figure 5-172: Send Text action

5. Touch "Send Text" or "Send Photo".

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 375

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Messaging Tests

a) If you touch "Send Text", start writing your message.

Figure 5-173: Write a message

b) If you touch "Send Photo", start writing your message.

Figure 5-174: Write a message

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 376

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Messaging Tests

6. Touch "OK". The messages are added to the actions' list and you can combine
both. Refer to "Limitations" on page 371 for checking the limitations.

Figure 5-175: Send actions

7. On "WhatsApp Send" screen, define Contact name. Touch "Contact" and enter the
name of the Contact.

Figure 5-176: Define contact

"WhatsApp send" test is ready. Configure "WhatsApp Receive" test (refer to "Creat-
ing a WhatsApp Receive Test" on page 378). Make sure that both devices are
time-synchronized, for a correct calculation of message durations in postprocess-
ing.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 377

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Messaging Tests

Figure 5-177: WhatsApp Send test configured

For more details on the results' analysis, refer to

Manual - Diversity Data and Messaging Tests.pdf

Creating a WhatsApp Receive Test

To create a WhatsApp Receive Test in QualiPoc

1. On "Messaging Tests" screen, touch "WhatsApp Receive".

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 378

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Messaging Tests

Figure 5-178: WhatsApp receive test

2. Touch "Done" on the following screen.

Figure 5-179: WhatsApp Receive test configured

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 379

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Messaging Tests

Recommendations

Synchronization
● Send and Receive side datetime must be synchronized, otherwise the End-to-End
delivery time is affected by the time difference
● "WhatsApp Receive" test must be started first
● Since "WhatsApp Receive" test must be ready for reception of new messages, set
its "Maximum test duration" to 0 (indefinite). To prevent "WhatsApp Receive" test to
block endlessly, if ever a message is never received, we do set the Receive time-
out. The Receive timeout is used for text message reception (except start mes-
sage) and for photo download. If any expected message is not received within the
receive timeout, the test fails with "Receive timeout". If the photo is not downloaded
within the receive timeout, the test also fails with "Receive timeout".
● In "WhatsApp Send" test, there is no "Send timeout" because we use the "Maxi-
mum test duration" to prevent "WhatsApp Send" test to block endlessly.

Example:
Any of the following blocking actions are canceled when the "Maximum test duration" is
reached
● Waiting for a message to be sent to the WhatsApp servers (single tick appears)
● Waiting for a read confirmation (double tick appears)
● Waiting for the SQ Test Done message

The following table lists the suggested default values:

Parameters Values

"Maximum test duration" of "WhatsApp Send" test 300, i.e. 5 minutes

"Maximum test duration" of "WhatsApp Receive" 0 (indefinite)

test

"Receive timeout" of "WhatsApp Receive" test 30, i.e. 30 seconds

Post-processing the WhatsApp Send and Receive Tests

WhatsApp Send Results

NQDI provides the following WhatsApp parameters on the "Analysis" tab:

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 380

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Messaging Tests

Figure 5-180: WhatsApp send parameters

Table 5-15: Parameters for the WhatsApp send test

Parameters Description

1 ID sent in the initialization message used for linking sending and receiving side.

2 Time when the message was sent.

3 For notification message: Send notification. For other messages: the name of the action
as defined in the test.

4 Time from the beginning of an action and the read confirmation time (double tick) for this
action:

5 Throughput in kbit/s.

6 Type of action. In this case "Send Text" or "Send Photo".

7 Time when the sending side received the confirmation that the receiving side has
received the message.

8 Size of the uploaded picture.

9 Filename of the uploaded picture.

10 Action status. OK if successfully completed.

11 Link to the corresponding receiving side.

The chart displays two sets of lines:

● Light colors (A) show the time when message was sent and its duration.
● Bold lines (B) show the time when the confirmation that the message has been
read on the receiving side has arrived.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 381

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Messaging Tests

Figure 5-181: WhatsApp send chart

WhatsApp Receive Results

NQDI provides the following WhatsApp parameters on the "Analysis" tab:

Figure 5-182: WhatsApp receive parameters

Table 5-16: Parameters for the WhatsApp receive test

Parameters Description

1 ID sent in the initialization message used for linking sending and receiving side.

2 Time when the message was received.

3 Name of the action.

4 This field is populated when "Messaging Type" is "Receive Photo" and corresponds to
the picture download duration on the receive side

5 Throughput in kbit/s.

6 Type of action, either "Receive Photo" or "Receive Text"

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 382

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Messaging Tests

Parameters Description

7 Time needed for the message delivery. It excludes the time needed to send the mes-
sage (Duration field on the sending side). It is calculated as: Delivery duration =
Receive time – Send start time.
For photos, also the photo download time is reported.

8 Size of the downloaded picture.

9 Filename of the downloaded picture.

10 Action status. OK if successfully completed.

11 Link to the corresponding sending side.

The following application KPIs are available:

● 10470
● 20470
● 30470, with 20470 equals 30470

The chart displays bold lines representing the time when the receiving side receives
the message:

Figure 5-183: WhatsApp Receive Chart

WhatsApp Statistics
WhatsApp Send and Receive actions statistics are available in the App Test statistics
report.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 383

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Actions

5.8 Other Tests

5.8.1 Idle

An idle test does not perform an active test. Instead, the test monitors the phone and
produces a results file that only contains information that the phone gathers, that is, L1,
L3, and so on.
You can use the job to check what a phone does while in idle mode or to emulate some
aspects of scanner functionality.

Figure 5-184: Idle job

5.9 Actions
You cannot use actions in a sequence of tests.

QualiPoc actions do not create measurement files.

● Answering............................................................................................................. 384
● Video Answering................................................................................................... 385
● WhatsApp Answering............................................................................................386
● Upload...................................................................................................................387

5.9.1 Answering

The "Answering" action sets up a Circuit Switch (CS) call to act as an answering sta-
tion. This station can be part of the network, that is, an automatic voice announcement
number in MSC, a Diversity Call Server that is running as an answering station, or
another QualiPoc device running in Answering Station mode, that is, single CALL test -
Answering Station. Currently, the test outputs the main test-related KPIs and MOS val-
ues of the speech in the downlink.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 384

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Actions

Figure 5-185: Answering action

Table 5-17: Description of the settings for Speech MOC test

Setting Description

"Algorithm" Algorithm to evaluate speech quality

"Reference File" Algorithm to evaluate speech quality

"Duration" Duration of the call in seconds

"Cycles" Number of times to run the test

"Pause" Amount of time to wait between cycles

For speech quality tests, you can use the SQUAD08 or POLQA P.863 and P.501 algo-
rithms.

You need a valid QualiPoc license for the algorithm that you want to use.

5.9.2 Video Answering

The "Video Answering" action puts the B-side device (of a "Video Call to Answering
Station" test) in answering station mode. The device will pick up incoming calls and
play selected speech sample.

No measurement files are created on the B-side.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 385

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Actions

To set an Video answering action

1. Under "Actions", touch "Video Answering" (1):

Figure 5-186: Video answering action

2. Define the following parameters:

Table 5-18: Description of the settings for Video answering action

Setting Description

"Algorithm" Algorithm to evaluate speech quality

"Reference File" Speech sample to be played

"Duration" Duration of the call in seconds

"Cycles" Number of times to run the test

"Pause" Amount of time to wait between cycles

5.9.3 WhatsApp Answering

The "WhatsApp Answering" action puts the B-side device (of a "WhatsApp Call to
Answering" test) in answering station mode. The device will pick up incoming calls and
play selected speech sample.

No measurement files are created on the B-side.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 386

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Actions

To set a WhatsApp answering action

1. Under "Actions", touch "WhatsApp Answering" (1):

Figure 5-187: WhatsApp answering action

2. Define the following parameters:

Table 5-19: Description of the settings for WhatsApp answering

Setting Description

"Algorithm" Algorithm to evaluate speech quality

"Reference File" Speech sample to be played

"Duration" Duration of the call in seconds

"Cycles" Number of times to run the test

"Pause" Amount of time to wait between cycles

5.9.4 Upload

The Upload test uploads the results files to the server that you specify in the test set-
tings.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 387

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Sessions

This test uses the "Result files upload connection profile" that you configure in the
"Results Files Tagging/Upload".
This test uploads the files from the results folder that you define in the unit configura-
tion settings.

To create an Upload measurement test

1. Touch the main menu , touch "Campaigns", touch the "Create job" icon.

2. On the "Create job" screen, touch "Actions > Upload".

3. Touch "Connection type" and specify server options in the "Result files upload con-
nection profile" area.

Figure 5-188: Results Files Tagging/Upload

Note: You cannot specify timings for an Upload test.

5.10 Sessions
A "Session" is a container for tests that is useful for post-processing analysis in NQDI
Classic.
You can add the following types of sessions:
● "Data Session": Multiple data tests that are run sequentially

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 388

SwissQual®...QualiPoc QualiPoc Tests
Sessions

● "Parallel Session": Multiple tests are run in parallel; it contains one call test (one
"Call to Any Number" only) and a maximum of 3 data tests
● "Call-Data Session": see below.

To configure a "Call-Data Session"

1. Touch "Edit Tests (0)" (1)

2. Touch "Multi-RAB PS Execution" (2) for defining the "Speech (CS)" and "Data
(PS)" tests' parameters, and which of the cycles are executed with packet
switched, and which are not (3)

3. "Delayed start" (4) allows you to set a delay between the start of the "Speech (CS)"
and the "Data (PS)" part of the test:

Figure 5-189: Call-Data session

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 389

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Measurement File Post-Processing
Measurement File Location

6 Measurement File Post-Processing

QualiPoc creates and stores Measurement Files on the smartphone in *.SQZ format.
You can replay and analyze the contents of these files on the smartphone with the
QualiPoc replay function or on your computer with SwissQual software.
● Measurement File Location...................................................................................390
● Replaying Results................................................................................................. 391
● Exporting Measurement Data............................................................................... 392
● Transferring the Measurement Files to a PC........................................................ 393
● iBwave Mobile.......................................................................................................393
● Exporting Survey Data for iBwave Design............................................................ 400
● Replaying Measurement Files in NQView.............................................................401
● Analyzing Measurement Data with NQDI Classic................................................. 402

6.1 Measurement File Location

QualiPoc creates an *.sqz when a campaign or idle recording starts and then stores
the file on the internal storage in the /QualiPoc/Results] folder.
Once all measurement files are available, you can move them to the SD card, where
the original folder structure is replicated.

Figure 6-1: Move measurement files to SD card

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 390

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Measurement File Post-Processing
Replaying Results

6.2 Replaying Results

To replay results in QualiPoc

1. Touch the menu icon at the top of the screen and touch "Results".

2. In the list, select a file, touch the Play icon besides the device's name of the file
that you want to replay.

Figure 6-2: Replay mode

"Replay" mode (1) is displayed at the top left of the screen.

Use the replay controls to perform the following actions:
● Display "Select Session" (3) screen. Once you have touched the icon, the following
panel displays:

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 391

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Measurement File Post-Processing
Exporting Measurement Data

Figure 6-3: Select session

Select the session to be replayed and touch "Select"

● Return to previous session (4)
● Pause and resume the playback (5)
● Advance to next session (6)
● Step through or fast forward through the replay (7)
● Return to live mode (8)

6.3 Exporting Measurement Data

To export measurement files

1. Touch the main menu and touch "Results".

2. Touch a measurement file (1), and then "Export Survey Data" (2) under "Exports"
section:

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 392

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Measurement File Post-Processing
iBwave Mobile

Figure 6-4: Export survey data

6.4 Transferring the Measurement Files to a PC

You need to connect your phone to your PC as a storage device with a USB cable to
transfer the measurement files. The procedure might vary according to the model of
the phone. For more information, see the user guide for your phone.

6.5 iBwave Mobile

You can share QualiPoc measurement results with the iBwave Mobile apps.

QualiPoc supports IBwave file format versions 1.5 and 1.4.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 393

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Measurement File Post-Processing
iBwave Mobile

6.5.1 Importing an iBwave Floor Plan Into QualiPoc

To share an iBwave Mobile project with QualiPoc

1. Create a project in iBwave Mobile Planner.
● Add a layout plan, that is, a floor plan.

Figure 6-5: iBwave Mobile Planner

● Add a floor to the plan.

● Add another building.
● Customize your project.
Note: You can also open an existing project with the Download icon .
2. Touch the share icon to export the project.

3. In QualiPoc, load the iBwave *.ibwc file.

a) On the map monitor, go to context menu, choose "Layers"
b) Touch the context menu next to the Floor plan, then touch "Import new iBwave
project".
c) Locate the *.ibwc file and touch "Select".
Note: For a floor plan with multiple floors, you can separate the floors.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 394

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Measurement File Post-Processing
iBwave Mobile

6.5.2 Exporting Survey Data from QualiPoc to iBwave Mobile Apps

You can only export survey data that you added to an iBwave *.ibwc file that you
imported into QualiPoc.

To export survey data from QualiPoc to iBwave Mobile apps

1. Start a campaign and open the "Map" monitor.

2. Touch the context menu and enable "Add Manual Location".

3. Touch the map to add waypoints to your route.

4. Export the survey data.

a) Stop the campaign, touch the main menu , and touch "Results".
b) Touch and hold the measurement file, touch the context menu , and touch
"Export survey data".

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 395

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Measurement File Post-Processing
iBwave Mobile

c) Touch "iBwave Mobile (.ibwc)".

Figure 6-6: Export survey data

5. In the list of results, touch the iBwave export icon beside the survey data that you
want to import into iBwave Mobile Planner.

Figure 6-7: Export IBWC file from QualiPoc

6. In the iBwave Mobile app, click the file, and then click "Import".

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 396

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Measurement File Post-Processing
iBwave Mobile

Figure 6-8: Import ibwc file in iBwave Mobile Planner

6.5.3 Exporting Scanner Data from QualiPoc to iBwave Mobile Apps

You can export scanner data from QualiPoc measurement files, containing the iBwave
project (floor plans) and manually entered map positions (on the floor plans).

To export scanner data from QualiPoc to iBwave Mobile apps

1. Select QualiPoc measurement file

2. Click

3. Select "iBwave Mobile (.ibwc)" on the following dialog

Figure 6-9: Export survey data dialog

4. Select "Scanner data" option and the technologies you want to export by checking
the corresponding checkboxes accordingly

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 397

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Measurement File Post-Processing
iBwave Mobile

Figure 6-10: Select technologies dialog

5. Click "OK". The exported scanner file name (*.ibwc) consists of the iBwave proj-
ect name (previously imported into QualiPoc) and of the following suffix: "Scanner"

6. Click one of the iBwave app icons to open the file in the corresponding iBwave
Mobile app

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 398

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Measurement File Post-Processing
iBwave Mobile

After opening the file into the iBwave app, for instance iBwave Mobile Note, the data is
parsed, which requires a couple of minutes.
iBwave Mobile Note lists and checks all available scanner data. Uncheck the data you
do not want to import.
Click "Import" to start the import process.

Figure 6-11: iBwave Mobile Note import process

Once imported, the scanner data are displayed as follows

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 399

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Measurement File Post-Processing
Exporting Survey Data for iBwave Design

Figure 6-12: Scanner data display in iBwave Mobile Note

6.6 Exporting Survey Data for iBwave Design

You can export QualiPoc measurement results as iBwave survey data for use with the
iBwave Design desktop application.

To export survey data for iBwave Design

1. Start a campaign and open the "Map" monitor

2. Touch the context menu and enable "Add Manual Location"

3. Touch the map to add waypoints to your route

4. Export the survey data

a) Stop the campaign, touch the main menu , and touch "Results"
b) Touch and hold the measurement file, touch the context menu , and touch
"Export survey data"

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 400

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Measurement File Post-Processing
Replaying Measurement Files in NQView

c) Touch "iBwave Design"

Note: QualiPoc exports the data as a Zip file, which contains *.CSV, *.tab, and
image files.

6.7 Replaying Measurement Files in NQView

You can use the SwissQual NQView software to replay multiple measurement files.
During the playback, you can open monitors for different quality parameters to observe
the progress of a test and search for points of interest in the monitors such as dropped
calls, signaling messages, and so on. You can also search for measurement files that
contain specific parameters such as technology, operator, KPI thresholds, and RF
channel numbers. NQView also allows you to export certain data in CSV, Google
Earth, and MapInfo format. For more information, see the
Manual - NetQual - NQView.pdf document.

When you load multiple measurement files, NQView uses the device ID to distinguish
between the devices. NQView automatically assigns unique device IDs when you con-
figure a system, for example, a Benchmarker II system. For a QualiPoc Device in
Handheld mode or Freerider mode, you need to manually assign device IDs on the
phones. For more information, see the Manual - QualiPoc Handheld.pdf docu-
ment.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 401

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Measurement File Post-Processing
Analyzing Measurement Data with NQDI Classic

Figure 6-13: NQView window

6.8 Analyzing Measurement Data with NQDI Classic

The SwissQual NQDI post-processing software. NQDI is designed to help you to per-
form an in-depth analysis of your measurement data, for example, a detailed analysis
of mobile network services and protocols. NQDI can quickly analyze CS and PS calls
to help you to determine the main factors for network. NQDI mapping support includes
more than 500 pre-defined map plot items in a powerful and fully configurable plot
engine that supports MapInfo and Google Earth. This engine also supports configura-
ble binning on grid or latitude-longitude precision. NQDI can generate reports in Excel
format based on the measurement data. These reports can contain success rate and
average pivot tables with PDF, CDF, and Pie charts. NQDI also has a trending sort
function that can group data into time frames from one hour up to a year. In addition to
the default extended set of NQDI reports, you can customize your own KPI report with
the KPI report generator. For more information about NQDI please see
Manual - NQDI.pdf.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 402

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Measurement File Post-Processing
Analyzing Measurement Data with NQDI Classic

Figure 6-14: NQDI window

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 403

SwissQual®...QualiPoc About LTE Carrier Aggregation

Annex
A About LTE Carrier Aggregation
LTE Carrier Aggregation or channel aggregation enables multiple LTE carriers to be
used together to provide the high data rates that are required for 4G LTE Advanced.
Carrier aggregation has the following characteristics:
● Download (DL) and upload (UL) resources come from aggregated resources of two
or more Component Carriers (CC), which can be of different bandwidth sizes as
well as on different LTE bands
● Maximum number of aggregated component carriers is five, which results in the
100Mhz of maximum aggregated bandwidth
● Number of UL CCs is always equal or smaller then the number of DL CCs
The easiest way to arrange aggregation is to use contiguous component carriers within
the same band, that is, intra-band contiguous component carriers. Non-contiguous
allocation can be intra-band CCs in the same band or inter-band CCs

Intra-band carrier aggregation:

Contiguous component
carriers Band A Band B

Intra-band carrier aggregation:

Non-contiguous component
carriers Band A Band B

Intra-band carrier aggregation

Band A Band B

Figure A-1: Carrier component allocation types

CA has been initially specified for the following combinations of EUTRA bands and
CCs:
● CA bandwidth class: indicates a combination of maximum ATBC and maximum
number of CCs
– Class A: ATBC ≤ 100, maximum number of CC = 1
– Class B: ATBC ≤ 100, maximum number of CC = 2
– Class C: 100 < ATBC ≤ 200, maximum number of CC = 2
– Classes D, E, F are still in a study phase
Aggregated Transmission Bandwidth Configuration (ATBC) = Total number of
aggregated Physical Resource Blocks (PRB)
The 20Mhz band has max 100 RBs, 10Mhz band 50 RBs, and so on.
● CA configuration: Indicates a combination of E-UTRA operating band(s) and CA
bandwidth class, for example:

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 404

SwissQual®...QualiPoc About LTE Carrier Aggregation

– CA_1C indicates intra-band contiguous CA on LTE band 1 and CA bandwidth

class C
– CA_1A_1A, indicates intra-band non-contiguous CA on band 1 with a one CC
on each side of the intra-band gap
– CA_1A-5B indicates inter-band CA, on operating band 1 with bandwidth class
A and operating band 5 with bandwidth class B
– In Rel 10 only 3 CA combinations defined, in Rel 11 much more
In Figure A-2, the carrier aggregation on all three component carriers can only be used
for the black UE. The white UE is not within the coverage area of the red component
carrier.

Inter-band, non-contiguous f

Band 1 Band 2

White UE Black UE

eNodeB

Primary Serving Cell (PSC), Primary Component Carrier (PCC), RRC connection and data
Secondary Serving Cell (SSC), Secondary Component Carrier (SCC), user data
Secondary Serving Cell (SSC), Secondary Component Carrier (SCC), user data

Figure A-2: Carrier aggregation coverage

For UEs that use the same set of CCs, can have different PCC.

Regarding scheduling there are two main alternatives for CA:

● Each resources (PCC, SCC) is scheduled separately (on respective PCC, SCC)
● Cross-carrier scheduling: All resources (PCC+SCCs) are scheduled on PCC
There is a new parameter CIF (Carrier Indicator Field) that indicates on which car-
rier the scheduled resource is located (either on PCC or SCC). The CIF is 0 for the
PCC.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 405

SwissQual®...QualiPoc About LTE Carrier Aggregation

A) Scheduling grant and resource B) Cross-carrier scheduling:

on the same carrier Scheduling grant and resource NOT on the same carrier
- Carrier Indicator Field (CIF) on PDCCH

fDL fUL fDL fUL

PCC SCC PCC PCC SCC PCC

CIF

LTE-Advanced eNodeB

Primary Serving Cell (PSC), Primary Component Carrier (PCC), RRC connection and data
Secondary Serving Cell (SSC), Secondary Component Carrier (SCC), user data

Figure A-3: Cross carrier scheduling option

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 406

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Answering Station for QualiPoc Handheld
Creating the Answering Station

B Answering Station for QualiPoc Handheld

This document describes how to configure a Diversity Call Server as an answering sta-
tion for QualiPoc Handheld.
For more information on the Diversity Call Server, see Chapter C, "SwissQual Call
Server", on page 418.

B.1 Related Documents

● Manual - QualiPoc Handheld.pdf
● Manual - NetQual - NQView.pdf

B.2 Creating the Answering Station

You need an NQView installation to configure the answering station.

To create an answering station for QualiPoc Handheld

1. On the call server, create a folder with the name DefaultJobs in the following
location:
● C:\Program Data\SwissQual\Diversity\Tasks

2. In the "Control" console of NQView, add a call server to the "System Configura-
tion".
a) On the Navigation panel, click "System configuration".
b) Right click "Hardware", point to "Add unit", and then click "PC".
c) On the "General" tab, select "Enabled", and specify the following information:
● In the "Name" box, type the name for the call server.
● In the "Computer" name box, type the Windows computer name of the call
server.
● In the "Time synchronization" list, click "Internal sync".
● In the "NQComm" control list, click "Diversity FTP".
● In the "Unit control" list, click "Diversity FTP".
● In the "Job transfer send" and "Job transfer listen" lists, click "None".
● In the "NQComm result" list, click "Diversity FTP".

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 407

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Answering Station for QualiPoc Handheld
Creating the Answering Station

d) Click "Apply" and click "OK".

Do not update the configuration of the unit.

Figure B-1: Create call server

3. Add one or more PSTN or ISDN devices to the call server.

a) Right-click the call server in the tree, point to "Add device", and then click
"ISDN" or "PSTN".
b) In the "Name" box, type a name for the device.
c) In the "Model" list, click a name.
d) In the "Subscriber" list, click a subscriber profile.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 408

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Answering Station for QualiPoc Handheld
Creating the Answering Station

e) Select "Enabled", click "Apply", and then click "OK" .

Figure B-2: Add PSTN or ISDN device

Note: Do not select the "DTMF scan" option. Do not select "The device is an
answering station" option in the "Answering station" area.
4. Create an intrusive speech job for the call server.
a) On the Navigation panel and click "Tasks and Jobs".
b) Expand "Job definitions", right-click Intrusive, and then click "Add job".
c) In the "Name" box, type a name for the job, for example, Answering Station
IT_clip_08.
d) In the "Record hang-over [ms]" box, type 18500.
e) Clear the "Use call duration to abort call" check box.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 409

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Answering Station for QualiPoc Handheld
Creating the Answering Station

f) In the "MOC:MTC" ratio box, type 1:0, click "Apply", and then click "OK".

Figure B-3: Create a job for the call server

g) In the "Direction" area, click "B to A".

h) In the "Reference sample" list, click the audio clip for the answering station.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 410

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Answering Station for QualiPoc Handheld
Creating the Answering Station

i) Click "Apply" and click "OK".

Figure B-4: Reference audio sample for the job

5. Create a task that involves the call server and an A-side device.
If your system does not have an A-side device, add one as a placeholder device
for the task.
a) Right-click "Tasks" in the tree and click "Add task".
b) In the "Name" box, type a name for the task, for example, Android Speech.
c) In the"Device A/B" side area, assign the devices.
● In the first list, click you're a-side device.
● In the second list, click the call server that you created.
d) In the "Job sequence" area, click the green plus sign .
e) In the "Job" list, click the job that you created, and then click "Save".

Figure B-5: Job details in task

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 411

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Answering Station for QualiPoc Handheld
Creating the Answering Station

f) In the "Measurement task" window, click "Apply", and then click "OK".

Figure B-6: Create measurement task

g) Right-click the task in the tree, click "Export B-side task" file, browse to a loca-
tion, and then click "OK".

Figure B-7: Export B-side task file

h) Copy the B-side task file to the following location on the call server:

6. Edit the settings in the B-side task file.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 412

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Answering Station for QualiPoc Handheld
Creating the Answering Station

a) Open the B-side task file, in this case,

Answering Station IT_clip_08.ini, in a text editor.
● C:\Program Data\SwissQual\Diversity\Tasks\DefaultJobs

Figure B-8: B-side task file

b) Set the following values:

●CallWndSize=0
●CallDuration=0
●PauseDuration=15
This value must match the pause duration for the job on the QualiPoc
smartphone.
● MaxCSTime=30
This value must match the "Max call setup time" for the job on the QualiPoc
smartphone.
● TestSeqRepetition=999
This value allows for QualiPoc calls that are longer than 6 hours
● RecordHO=18500
c) Save the file.

7. Edit the Windows Registry on the call server.

a) Open the Registry Editor.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 413

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Answering Station for QualiPoc Handheld
Creating the Answering Station

b) Right-click the following key and click "Modify":

●HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\SwissQual\NetQual\NQMP\
ConfigCallMOCOnly=1
c) Change the value of the key to 0 and click "OK".

Figure B-9: ConfigCallMOCOnly value

d) On the "File" menu, click "Exit".

Note: You also need to edit this registry key after you install a Diversity software
update on the call server.
8. Update the unit configuration.
a) If the call server is connected to NQView, right-click the unit on the "System
configuration" panel of the "Control" console, and click "Update configuration".

Figure B-10: Update the configuration of the answering station

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 414

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Answering Station for QualiPoc Handheld
Modifying the Answering Station

b) If the call server is not connected to NQView, you need to complete the follow-
ing steps:
● Right-click the unit on the "System configuration" panel, point to "Export
configuration", and then click "Unit only".
● Copy the .config file to the call server, for example, with a USB stick.
● On the call server, click "Stop" on the "Control" menu in Diversity Supervi-
sor.
● On the "Tools" menu, click "Import Configuration", locate the .config file
for the unit, and then click "Open".
● On the "Control" menu, click "Start".
Note: If you see error messages, restart Diversity Supervisor.

B.3 Modifying the Answering Station

You can quickly change the reference audio sample that the answering station plays
and how to revert the answering station to a call server.

B.3.1 Changing the Reference Sample for the Job

If you want to quickly change the audio clip, that is, reference sample, for the job, you
can edit the B-side task file.

To quickly change the reference sample

1. In a text editor, open the B-side task file that you exported in Step 5 of "To create
an answering station for QualiPoc Handheld", for example,
Answering Station IT_clip_08.ini.

2. In the "Tests" section at the end of the file, you can modify the following parame-
ters:
● TestName_0: You can enter Speech or Speech POLQA
● TypeOfTest_0: You can enter Speech or Speech POLQA
● ReferenceSample_0: You can change the first two letters of the file name to
use a different language. For example, if the current reference sample is
IT_fm_IRS.wav, you can change the first two letters from IT to EN for the
English language audio file.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 415

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Answering Station for QualiPoc Handheld
Modifying the Answering Station

Figure B-11: B-side task configuration file

3. Save the file.

4. In Diversity Supervisor, click "Stop" on the "Control" menu.

5. After Diversity Supervisor stops, click "Start" on the "Control" menu.

B.3.2 Restoring the Diversity Call Server

You can change the answering machine back to a call server with a simple Windows
Registry edit.

To revert the answering station to a Call Server

1. Edit the Windows Registry on the answering station.
a) Open the Windows Registry Editor.
b) Right-click the following key and click "Modify":
●HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\SwissQual\NetQual\NQMP\
ConfigCallMOCOnly=0
c) Change the value of the key to 1 and click "OK".

Figure B-12: Change value of ConfigCALLMOCOnly to 1

d) On the "File" menu, click "Exit".

2. Rename or delete the DefaultJobs folder in the following location:

● On Windows 7: C:\Program Data\SwissQual\Diversity\Tasks

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 416

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Answering Station for QualiPoc Handheld
Measurement Files

3. Update the unit configuration on the answering station.

a) If the call server is connected to NQView, right-click the unit in the "System
configuration" tree, and click"Update configuration".
b) If the call server is not connected to NQView, you need to complete the follow-
ing steps:
● Right-click the unit in the "System configuration" tree, point to "Export con-
figuration", and then click unit only.
● Copy the .config file to the call server, for example, with a USB stick.
● On the call server, click "Stop" on the "Control" menu in Diversity Supervi-
sor.
● On the "Tools "menu, click "Import Configuration", locate the .config file
for the unit, and then click "Open".
● On the "Control" menu, click "Start".
Note: If you see error messages, restart Diversity Supervisor.

B.4 Measurement Files

When the answering station is based on a Call Server server, the measurement file
option for the server is enabled in the license. As a result, the server generates a
–B.sqz in the result folder each time the voice engine stops, for example, during a
reboot or when a new default job starts. The related –B.mf file is also created in the
"Device" folder of the MeasurementFiles folder. These files are transferred to the
controlling laptop whenever a network connection is established.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 417

SwissQual®...QualiPoc SwissQual Call Server
Configuring the Call Server Offline

C SwissQual Call Server

C.1 Introduction
A Diversity Call Server is a computer that can control fixed-line PSTN or ISDN devices
as well as mobile phone devices. A fixed-line Call Server is also known as a Land Unit.
A Call Server is typically used as the B-Side in a Diversity or QualiPoc call quality mea-
surement job.
You can configure a Call Server with the following software:
● NetQual NQView on the controlling PC
● Diversity Supervisor on the Call Server

C.1.1 Call Server Configurations

You can configure a Call Server in the following ways:

● Directly in NQView through a LAN connection to the Call Server
● With an NQView configuration file that you transfer to one or more Call Servers
● With Diversity Supervisor on the server and Freerider III on the FR Master

C.1.2 Related Documents

● Manual - QualiPoc Handheld.pdf: Description of QualiPoc Speech Double

Ended measurement job
● Manual - QualiPoc Freerider III.pdf: Description of QualiPoc Speech
Double Ended measurement job
● Installation - Diversity Software.pdf

C.2 Configuring the Call Server Offline

If you do not have a direct connection to server, you can create and export a Call
Server configuration file from NQView, and then transfer the file to one or more Call
Servers.

During the export process, NQView does not validate if subscribers or phone numbers
are assigned to the devices. If you try to run a measurement task on a device that does
not have these assignments, the task fails and you receive an error message about the
missing assignment.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 418

SwissQual®...QualiPoc SwissQual Call Server
Configuring the Call Server Offline

To configure a Call Server with a configuration file

This procedure assumes that you have already added and configured the Call Server
in NQView.
1. On the controlling PC, start NQView, and select the "Control" console.

2. Export the configuration file for the Call Server.

a) Click "System configuration" on the navigation panel.
b) Right-click the Call Server, point to "Export configuration", and then click "Unit,
campaigns, tasks".
If you do not want to export the tasks and jobs for the server, select "Unit only".

Figure C-1: Export voice or video call server configuration

c) Go to the location where you want to save the *.config file, and then click
"OK".
Note:
If you want to view the contents of the configuration file, change the file extension
from *.config to *.zip, and then open the ZIP file. This file contains individual
XML files.

3. Copy the configuration file to the Call Server.

4. On the Call Server, import the configuration file.

a) In the Windows notification area, double-click the Diversity Supervisor icon .
b) On the "Control" menu, click "Stop".

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 419

SwissQual®...QualiPoc SwissQual Call Server
Configuring a Call Server in NQView

c) Wait until only the "SuperVisor" tab remains open, and then click "Import Con-
figuration" on the "Tools" menu.
Diversity Supervisor does not validate the configuration file during the import
process. If the configuration file contains an error, the server enters an error
state during system startup.

Figure C-2: Import configuration file for voice or video call server

d) In the "Open" dialog box, locate the configuration file, for example,
PCM8000000.config, and then click "Open".
e) In the "Confirm" dialog box, click "Yes", and in the "Info" dialog box click "OK".

Figure C-3: Confirm dialog box

f) On the "File" menu, click "Exit SuperVisor".

g) On the Desktop, double-click the Diversity Supervisor icon.

Figure C-4: Diversity Supervisor Desktop icon

C.3 Configuring a Call Server in NQView

You can configure a Call Server in NQView.

To configure a Call Server

1. Start NQView and select the "Control" console.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 420

SwissQual®...QualiPoc SwissQual Call Server
Configuring a Call Server in NQView

2. On the "System configuration" panel, right-click "Hardware", point to "Add unit",

and then click "PC".

Figure C-5: Add PC

3. Specify the Call Server configuration.

Figure C-6: Call Server properties

a) Type a name for the Call Server.

b) Select a "Time synchronization" profile for the unit.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 421

SwissQual®...QualiPoc SwissQual Call Server
Configuring a Call Server in NQView

c) Select "Diversity FTP" for the following options:

● "NQComm control"
● "Unit control"
● "NQComm result"
d) Click "Apply" and click "OK".

4. Create a subscriber profile for each ISDN device.

a) Expand "Subscribers and access points" in the tree, expand an operator, for
example, "Swisscom Mobile", right-click an operator, and click "Add sub-
scriber".

Figure C-7: Add subscriber

b) In the "Subscriber" dialog box, type the "Name" and the "Phone number" of the
ISDN card, click "Apply", and then click "OK".

Figure C-8: Add phone number

c) Repeat these steps for additional ISDN device.

5. Add the ISDN devices to the Call Server configuration.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 422

SwissQual®...QualiPoc SwissQual Call Server
Configuring a Call Server in NQView

a) Right-click the Call Server, point to "Add device", and then click "ISDN".

Figure C-9: ISDN configuration

b) In the "Model" list, click "Eicon ISDN Diva Server".

c) In the "Subscriber" list, click the subscriber profile that you created for the card.
d) In the "Channel" list, click the Channel number for the ISDN device.
e) Select "DTMF scan", click "Apply", and then click "OK".
f) Repeat these steps for each additional ISDN device.

6. Right-click the Call Server and click "Update Configuration".

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 423

SwissQual®...QualiPoc SwissQual Call Server
Configuring a Call Server in NQView

Figure C-10: Update the Call Server

C.3.1 Verify the Call Server Configuration

To verify the Call Server configuration

1. On the Desktop of the Call Server, double-click the "Diversity Supervisor" icon.

Figure C-11: Diversity Supervisor Desktop icon

2. Double-click the Diversity Supervisor icon in the Windows notification area.

3. Wait until only the "SuperVisor" tab remains open, and then click "Visibility Options"
on the "Tools" menu.

4. In the "Measurement Engines" list, click "Visible", and then click "OK".

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 424

SwissQual®...QualiPoc SwissQual Call Server
Configuring a Call Server in NQView

Figure C-12: Visibility options

5. In the "Diversity VoiceEngine" dialog box, click the "Log" tab.

Figure C-13: VoiceEngine log

6. Dial each ISDN line and verify that the call activity on the "Log" tab, for example,
the "Incoming configuration call".

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 425

SwissQual®...QualiPoc SwissQual Call Server
Configuring a Smartphone as a B-side Device

C.4 Configuring a Smartphone as a B-side Device

If you want to use a smartphone as the B-Side device in a Mobile to Call Server
speech test scenario, the smartphone must be connected to the Call Server either
directly with a USB cable or in a Diversity ASM.
In the same scenario, you can use one of the following devices as the A-Side in the
test:
● Different Call Server
● Diversity CSM that is configured as a PC
● Diversity Optimizer laptop

The measurement test must run entirely on the smartphone and only DTMF job trans-
fer is supported.

To use a smartphone as a B-side device

1. In the Windows Registry Editor, set the value of the following key to 1:
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wow6432Node\SwissQual\Diversity\
Engine\RunTestOnPhone]

2. Enable the following settings in NQView:

● In the hardware configuration settings for the smartphone, select the "DTMF
scan" check box.

Figure C-14: Enable DTMF scan

● In the measurement task settings, select the "Run the task directly on the
smartphone" check box.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 426

SwissQual®...QualiPoc SwissQual Call Server
Configuring a Diversity Call Server

Figure C-15: Run task directly on the smartphone

C.5 Configuring a Diversity Call Server

● Configuring an ISDN/PSTN Call Server................................................................427
● Configuring a Mobile Call Server.......................................................................... 437

C.5.1 Configuring an ISDN/PSTN Call Server

You can configure a Call Server in NQView and transfer the configuration directly to the
server or you can save and transfer the configuration file offline.

C.5.1.1 Configuring the Call Server in NQView

To configure a Call Server in NQView

1. Start NQView and select the "Control" console.

2. On the "System configuration" panel, right-click "Hardware", point to "Add unit",

and then click "PC".

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 427

SwissQual®...QualiPoc SwissQual Call Server
Configuring a Diversity Call Server

Figure C-16: Add PC

3. Specify the Call Server configuration.

Figure C-17: Call Server properties (Configuration through LAN connection)

a) Type a name for the Call Server.

b) Select a "Time synchronization" profile for the unit.
c) Select "Diversity FTP" for the following options:
● "NQComm control"
● "Unit control"
● "NQComm result"
d) Click "Apply" and click "OK".

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 428

SwissQual®...QualiPoc SwissQual Call Server
Configuring a Diversity Call Server

4. Create a subscriber profile for each ISDN/PSTN device.

a) Expand "Subscribers and access points" in the tree, expand an operator, for
example, "Swisscom Mobile", right-click an operator, and click "Add sub-
scriber".

Figure C-18: Add subscriber

b) In the "Subscriber" dialog box, type the "Name" and the "Phone number" of the
ISDN card, click "Apply", and then click "OK".

Figure C-19: Add phone number

c) Repeat these steps for each additional PSTN/ISDN device.

5. Add the ISDN/PSTN devices to the Call Server configuration.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 429

SwissQual®...QualiPoc SwissQual Call Server
Configuring a Diversity Call Server

a) Right-click the Call Server, point to "Add device", and then click "ISDN" or
"PSTN".

Figure C-20: ISDN configuration

b) In the "Model" list, click a device, for example, "Eicon ISDN Diva Server".
c) In the "Subscriber" list, click the subscriber profile that you created for the card.
d) In the "Channel" list, click the Channel number for the ISDN device.
e) Select "DTMF scan", click "Apply", and then click "OK".
f) Repeat these steps for each additional ISDN/PSTN device.

6. Connect the phone lines to the PSTN or ISDN cards.

C.5.1.2 Configuring the Call Server Offline

If you do not have a direct connection to server, you can create and export a Call
Server configuration file from NQView, and then transfer the file to one or more Call
Servers.

During the export process, NQView does not validate if subscribers or phone numbers
are assigned to the devices. If you try to run a measurement task on a device that does
not have these assignments, the task fails and you receive an error message about the
missing assignment.

To configure a Call Server with a configuration file

This procedure assumes that you have already added and configured the Call Server
in NQView.
1. On the controlling PC, start NQView, and select the "Control" console.

2. Export the configuration file for the Call Server.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 430

SwissQual®...QualiPoc SwissQual Call Server
Configuring a Diversity Call Server

a) Click "System configuration" on the navigation panel.

b) Right-click the Call Server, point to "Export configuration", and then click "Unit,
campaigns, tasks".
If you do not want to export the tasks and jobs for the server, select "Unit only".

Figure C-21: Export voice or video call server configuration

c) Go to the location where you want to save the *.config file, and then click
"OK".
Note:
If you want to view the contents of the configuration file, change the file extension
from *.config to *.zip, and then open the ZIP file. This file contains individual
XML files.

3. Copy the configuration file to the Call Server.

4. On the Call Server, import the configuration file.

a) In the Windows notification area, double-click the Diversity Supervisor icon .
b) On the "Control" menu, click "Stop".

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 431

SwissQual®...QualiPoc SwissQual Call Server
Configuring a Diversity Call Server

c) Wait until only the "SuperVisor" tab remains open, and then click "Import Con-
figuration" on the "Tools" menu.
Diversity Supervisor does not validate the configuration file during the import
process. If the configuration file contains an error, the server enters an error
state during system startup.

Figure C-22: Import configuration file for voice or video call server

d) In the "Open" dialog box, locate the configuration file, for example,
PCM8000000.config, and then click "Open".
e) In the "Confirm" dialog box, click "Yes", and in the "Info" dialog box click "OK".

Figure C-23: Confirm dialog box

f) On the "File" menu, click "Exit SuperVisor".

g) On the Desktop, double-click the Diversity Supervisor icon.

Figure C-24: Diversity Supervisor Desktop icon

C.5.1.3 Adding ISDN/PSTN Devices With Diversity Supervisor

You can add ISDN/PSTN devices to an existing Call Server with Diversity Supervisor.
Diversity Supervisor is part of the Diversity Benchmarker software that runs on the Call
Server.

To create a Call Server with Diversity Supervisor

1. Double-click the Diversity Supervisor icon on the Desktop.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 432

SwissQual®...QualiPoc SwissQual Call Server
Configuring a Diversity Call Server

Figure C-25: Diversity Supervisor Desktop icon

2. Right-click Diversity Supervisor icon in the Windows Notification area, point to

"Supervisor", and then click "Show".

Figure C-26: Show Diversity Supervisor

3. On the "Control" menu, click "Stop".

Figure C-27: Stop Diversity Supervisor

4. On the "Tools" menu, point to "Call Server Configuration", and then click "Configure
PSTN / ISDN Devices".

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 433

SwissQual®...QualiPoc SwissQual Call Server
Configuring a Diversity Call Server

Figure C-28: Open Call Server configuration

5. Add a device.
a) Right-click your computer name in the tree and click the type of call device that
you want to add, for example, a PSTN Device.

Figure C-29: Add PSTN device

b) In the "Device Type" list, click the device.

c) In the "Phone Number" box, type the number.
d) In the "Board Number" box, type the board number.
e) In the "Channel Number" box, type the channel for the device.
The phone, board, and channel numbers must be unique for each device that
you add.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 434

SwissQual®...QualiPoc SwissQual Call Server
Configuring a Diversity Call Server

f) Click "OK" and in the confirmation dialog box, click "Yes".

Figure C-30: Device settings

Note: Repeat these steps for each device that you want to use.
6. On the "Control" menu, click "Start".

C.5.1.4 Verifying the ISDN/PSTN Call Server Configuration

You can verify the Call Server configuration with Diversity Supervisor.

To verify the Call Server configuration

1. On the Desktop of the Call Server, double-click the "Diversity Supervisor" icon.

Figure C-31: Diversity Supervisor Desktop icon

2. Double-click the Diversity Supervisor icon in the Windows notification area.

3. Wait until only the "SuperVisor" tab remains open, and then click "Visibility Options"
on the "Tools" menu.

4. In the "Measurement Engines" list, click "Visible", and then click "OK".

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 435

SwissQual®...QualiPoc SwissQual Call Server
Configuring a Diversity Call Server

Figure C-32: Visibility options

5. In the "Diversity VoiceEngine" dialog box, click the "Log" tab.

Figure C-33: VoiceEngine log

6. Dial each ISDN line and verify that the call activity on the "Log" tab, for example,
the "Incoming configuration call".

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 436

SwissQual®...QualiPoc SwissQual Call Server
Configuring a Diversity Call Server

C.5.2 Configuring a Mobile Call Server

You can use a B-Side mobile Call Server with QualiPoc Freerider III and Diversity A-
Side devices.

C.5.2.1 Configuring a Mobile Call Server for QualiPoc Freerider III

You can use Diversity Supervisor to configure the B-Side Call Server for a QualiPoc
Freerider III speech double ended job.

To configure a mobile Call Server for Freerider III

1. Start "Diversity Supervisor" on the computer that will control the B-Side device.
a) Double-click the "Diversity Supervisor" icon on the Desktop.

Figure C-34: Diversity Supervisor Desktop icon

b) Right-click "Diversity Supervisor" icon in the Windows Notification area, point to

"Supervisor", and then click "Show".

Figure C-35: Show Diversity Supervisor

2. Connect the B-side device to the computer and wait for the automatic hardware
detection to add the device to the "Device Status Panel".

Figure C-36: Device detected

3. Configure the device.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 437

SwissQual®...QualiPoc SwissQual Call Server
Configuring a Diversity Call Server

a) On the "Control" menu, click "Stop".

Figure C-37: Stop Diversity Supervisor

b) On the "Tools" menu, point to "Call Server Configuration", click "Configure

Mobile Devices", and in the "confirmation" dialog box, click "Yes".

Figure C-38: Confirmation dialog box

c) In the "Info" dialog box click "OK" and wait until the icon on the "Device Status
Panel" turns green.

Figure C-39: Device ready

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 438

SwissQual®...QualiPoc SwissQual Call Server
Configuring a Diversity Call Server

d) Hold your mouse the phone icon on the "Device Status Panel" and click the
edit icon .

Figure C-40: Edit phone number

e) Enter the phone number for the device and click the arrow ✔.

Figure C-41: Device phone number

f) On the "Control" menu, click "Apply Configuration", and then click "OK" in the
"Info" dialog box.

4. On the "Control" menu, click "Start", and then wait until the device icon turns green.

5. Copy the device configuration file, for example, Device_Mobile_2144.xml, from

the following location:
C:\Program Files (x86)\SwissQual\Diversity\Configuration\
Details\
to the following location on the FR Master
/sdcard/QualiPoc/LandUnit/Config
a) Put the files in the following location on the QualiPoc device:
sdcard/QualiPoc/LandUnit/Config/

6. Configure and export the campaign on the FR Master.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 439

SwissQual®...QualiPoc SwissQual Call Server
Configuring a Diversity Call Server

a) On the FR Master, touch the menu icon at the top of the screen and touch
"Campaigns".

Figure C-42: Campaigns

b) Select the campaign, touch the menu icon at the top of the screen, and then
touch "Export B-Side job".
c) Enter the phone number for the A-side device and touch "OK".

Figure C-43: A-Side phone number

d) Copy the /QualiPoc/LandUnit/Jobs/job_xyz*.ini job file from the FR

Master to the following location on the Call Server:
C:\ProgramData\Swissqual\Diversity\Tasks\PreDefinedJobs\

7. On the FR Master, touch a campaign in the list, and then touch "Start Campaign" at
the top of the screen.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 440

SwissQual®...QualiPoc SwissQual Call Server
Configuring a Diversity Call Server

8. On the Call Server, verify that the icon for the B-Side device is blue, that is, the
state is "Measuring".

C.5.2.2 Deleting a B-Side Device From a Mobile Call Server

To delete a B-Side device from a mobile Call Server

1. Start Diversity Supervisor on the Call Server.
a) Double-click the "Diversity Supervisor" icon on the Desktop.
b) Right-click "Diversity Supervisor" icon in the Windows Notification area, point to
"Supervisor", and then click "Show".

2. On the "Control" menu, click "Stop".

3. Remove the B-Side device.

a) Hold your mouse pointer over the B-Side device in the "Device Status Panel".
b) Click the context menu for the device and click "Remove".

Figure C-44: Remove device

4. (Diversity Only): Delete the B-Side device in NQView.

a) On the "Control" console, click "System configuration".
b) Expand the "Hardware" tree, right-click the B-Side device, and then click
"Delete".

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 441

SwissQual®...QualiPoc SwissQual Call Server
Installing a Software Hotfix on the Call Server

C.5.2.3 Device States

Mobile phone Scanner ISDN PSTN

Figure C-45: Device states

Table C-1: Description of the icon status colors

Status Color Description

Device is ready

Device is starting or stopping

Device is measuring

Device is not ready

This icon represents one of the following states:

● Hardware detection is running
● Configuration is missing

This icon represents one of the following states:

● Software update
● Reconfiguration started
● Reconfiguration complete

Device is not available

C.6 Installing a Software Hotfix on the Call Server

You can install a software hotfix on the Call Server with Diversity Supervisor.

To install a software hotfix

1. Copy the hotfix package to the computer.
Note: The hotfix must have the following format:

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 442

SwissQual®...QualiPoc SwissQual Call Server
Installing a Software Hotfix on the Call Server

SQ-Diversity-Hotfix-16.3.x.x.xx-PPxx-General.zip

2. Double-click the Diversity Supervisor icon on the Desktop.

Figure C-46: Diversity Supervisor Desktop icon

3. Right-click Diversity Supervisor icon in the Windows Notification area, point to

"Supervisor", and then click "Show".

Figure C-47: Show Diversity Supervisor

4. On the "Tools" menu, click "Install Hotfix Package".

Figure C-48: Install Hotfix Package

5. Locate the hotfix package, click "Open", and in the "Info" dialog box, click "OK".

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 443

SwissQual®...QualiPoc SwissQual Call Server
Using the Call Server With Multiple Systems

Figure C-49: Hotfix package applied successfully

Note:
The SQUALUpdater.exe automatically performs the update.

C.7 Using the Call Server With Multiple Systems

The section describes how to configure a Call Server for use with multiple SwissQual
measurement systems, for example, different Diversity Benchmarker II systems, or
between Diversity and QualiPoc measurement systems.

To configure a Call Server to work with multiple systems

1. Open the Windows Registry editor on the Call Server.

2. Create the following DWORD Windows Registry key and set it to 0:

[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wow6432Node\SwissQual\NetQual\
NQMP]
Note: If you enable this option, all of the measurement tasks that run on the Call
Server do not automatically stop when you stop a multichannel campaign. To
return the Call Server to normal behavior, change the value of the key to 1.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 444

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Dropped Calls

D Dropped Calls
If a call drops during a test and the Android Call app remains open until the end of the
specified call duration, QualiPoc does not mark the call as "Completed".

Figure D-1: Dropped calls on Log monitor

QualiPoc assigns the following dropped call states to calls that drop before the call
duration is reached:
● "Call Dropped (break)":
– Android call app detects the dropped call immediately and closes, which results
in an Android call idle state
– Android call app detects a delayed dropped call and reports the Android call
idle state as delayed
For example, a call is reported as idle as soon as the network connection is re-
established following an out-of-service situation and not at the point where the
network link is lost
● "Call Dropped (no active termination)": Android call app does not close when the
network connection breaks and continues to remain open until the call duration for
the test is reached
In such a situation, Android does not detect the dropped call and does not report a
call idle state.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 445

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Fixed Duration Tests
Introduction

E Fixed Duration Tests

E.1 Introduction
Diversity fixed duration TCP-based data tests, including FTP, HTTP, and Capacity
tests, provide information that is crucial to your mobile network optimization efforts.
The technology in a wireless network can vary from location to location. This variation
can affect the data transfer speeds of a typical static quality measurement during a
drive test, for example, when you drive from a high bandwidth to a low bandwidth area.
If the intent of your measurement campaign is to determine the comprehensive aver-
age throughput of the network, the campaign will fail due to the different download and
upload speeds in the high and low bandwidth areas in your network.
The problem arises when you base this calculation on the number of successful trans-
fers of a complete file while driving at a constant speed for the duration of the test. Due
to the different throughput rates, more transfers are likely to complete in a high band-
width area than in a low bandwidth area over the same amount of time. As a result, the
statistics tend to be weighted in favour of the high bandwidth values, which can eclipse
the low bandwidth values.

The comparison of different networks with parallel benchmarking of standard non-fixed

duration tests can sometimes lead to incorrect and biased results.

To solve this problem, SwissQual has developed TCP-based fixed duration tests.

E.1.1 Limitations

The fixed duration test does not calculate download success rates. That is, if a data
transfer successfully completes before the test ends, the test fails.

E.1.2 Related Documents

● ETSI TS 102 678 Speech and multimedia Transmission Quality (STQ); QoS
Parameter Measurement based on fixed Data Transfer Times
● Manual - NQDI - KPI Users Guide.pdf
● Manual - Diversity Data and Messaging Tests.pdf

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 446

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Fixed Duration Tests
TCP-Based KPIs

E.2 TCP-Based KPIs

Each FTP, HTTP, and Capacity test scenario has a corresponding set of TCP-based
KPIs.
The start triggers for the fixed duration TCP KPIs are the same as for the normal TCP
KPIs, for example, HTTP/1.1 200 OK for HTTPTransfer GET. The end trigger for a
fixed duration KPI is the last packet that contains data for downlink or the FIN;ACK for
the uplink KPIs. For more information, see the
Manual - NQDI - KPI Users Guide.pdf document. In general the retainability
KPIs are slightly shorter than the configured fixed duration.

E.2.1 FTP KPIs

The following KPIs are calculated for the FTP fixed duration scenario:
● 20310 Retainability FTP Uplink Fixed Duration
● 20311 Retainability FTP Downlink Fixed Duration
● 30310 Integrity FTP Uplink Fixed Duration
● 30311 Integrity FTP Downlink Fixed Duration

E.2.2 HTTP Transfer KPIs

The following KPIs are calculated for the HTTP Transfer fixed duration scenario:
● 20411 Retainability HTTP Transfer Get Fixed Duration
● 20412 Retainability HTTP Transfer Put Fixed Duration
● 30411 Integrity HTTP Transfer Get Fixed Duration
● 30412 Integrity HTTP Transfer Put Fixed Duration

E.2.3 Capacity KPIs

The following KPIs are calculated for the Capacity test fixed duration scenario:
● 20461 Retainability Capacity Get
● 20462 Retainability Capacity Put
● 20463 Retainability Capacity Get and Put
● 30461 Integrity Capacity Get
● 30462 Integrity Capability Put
● 30463 Integrity Capacity Get and Put

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 447

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Customer Support Center

F Customer Support Center

Technical support – where and when you need it
For quick, expert help with any Rohde & Schwarz equipment, contact one of our Cus-
tomer Support Centers. A team of highly qualified engineers provides telephone sup-
port and will work with you to find a solution to your query on any aspect of the opera-
tion, programming or applications of Rohde & Schwarz equipment.
Up-to-date information and upgrades
To keep your instrument up-to-date and to be informed about new application notes
related to your instrument, please send an e-mail to the Customer Support Center stat-
ing your instrument and your wish. We will take care that you will get the right informa-
tion.

Europe, Africa, Middle East Phone +49 89 4129 12345

[email protected]

North America Phone 1-888-TEST-RSA (1-888-837-8772)

[email protected]

Latin America Phone +1-410-910-7988

[email protected]

Asia/Pacific Phone +65 65 13 04 88

[email protected]

China Phone +86-800-810-8228 /

+86-400-650-5896
[email protected]

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 448

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Glossary

Glossary
Symbols
°C: Degree Celsius

A
A: Ampere

A-Side: All files coming from a measurement unit that initiated the first call of a test (A-
side calls the B-side)

AC: Alternating Current

ACR: Absolute Category Rating

ADPCM: Adaptive Differential Pulse Code Modulation

AGC: Active Gain Control

AMR: Adaptive Multi-Rate

APIPA: Automatic Private IP Addressing

ASM: AudioDevice SlideIn Module

Contains one voice device or phone and associated electronics for phone or audio
adaptation

B
B-Side: All files coming from a measurement unit that was waiting for a first incoming
call (B-side is called by the A-side)
There may not be B-side files for every test.

Backup drive: Portable USB storage drive where images are backed-up to and
restored from (either provided by SwissQual or utilizing customer’s own)

BFI: Bad Frame Indication

BM2: Benchmarker II

BM2GO: Benchmarker II Go

BM2GO-CASE: Benchmarker II Go transport case

BM2GO-SATL: Hand bag for Benchmarker II Go auxiliary equipment

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 449

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Glossary

BM2GO-TRL: Benchmarker II Go case's detachable trolley

BMC: Battery Management Component

BR device: Backup and Restore drive that has the BR (Backup and Restore) utility
installed

C
Call Server: Diversity Call Server, which is a computer that controls PSTN or ISDN
phone lines or the B-Side mobile phones in a video call test.

Call Session: A Call session includes all data between the dial command to the device
and the call end. Normally, a call session contains exactly one call.

Campaign: A collection of jobs defined in SwissQual products.

CCITT: Comité Consultatif International Télégraphique et Téléphonique (The Interna-

tional Telegraph and Telephone Consultative Committee)

CDMA: Code-Division Multiple Access

CDP: Charging Downstream Port

CELP: Code Excited Linear Prediction

Clonezilla: Open Source Software to create and restore reference HDD image files

CLS: Cigarette Lighter Socket

CMR: Computer Module Rack

Provides power and LAN for up to 8 CSMs

CMR-4: Computer Module Rack for 4 CSMs

Collection Name: The name that can be assigned to measurement results before the
data import into a NQDI database.

Controlling PC: Configures, controls, and monitors a SwissQual Diversity or QualiPoc

measurement system.

CPU: Central Processing Unit

CRC: Cyclic Redundancy Check (3 bit)

CSE: Customer Support Engineer

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 450

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Glossary

CSM: Computer SlideIn Module

Plug-in PC module that controls audio and data measurement devices in the system

D
DAC: Digital to Analogue Converter

Data Session: A Data session includes all data between the start of a data test and
the end of a data test.

dBov: dB relative to the overload point of a digital system

DC: Direct Current

DCME: Digital Circuit Multiplication Equipment

DCR: Degradation Category Rating

Device Name: Name of the device that was used for a measurement (ISDN 0, Sam-
sung 5, …)

Diversity: SwissQual GSM/GPRS/UMTS/CDMA/EvDO lab and drive test system

Diversity Files: A Diversity file has the extension sqz. Such files are created with the
Diversity Test System.

Diversity Product Categories: SwissQual Diversity family of products including

Benchmarker and Optimizer

DM: Device Module

DMOS: Degradation Mean Opinion Score

DMR: Device Module Rack

Can host up to 8 device modules (DM)

DMR (SQuad): Digital Mobile Radio (SQuad)

DSM: DataDevice SlideIn Module

Contains one data device, USB data stick, or mPCIe data card

DSM2: DataDevice SlideIn Module Version 2

Contains one data device, USB data stick, or mPCIe data card

DTD: Dial Tone Delay

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 451

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Glossary

DTMF: Dual Tone Multi-Frequency (signaling)

DTX: Discontinuous Transmission (mechanism)

E
EMC: Electro Magnetic Compatibility

EOR: Echo Objection Rate

EPROM: Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory

ERP: Ear Reference Point

ESD: Electrostatic Discharge

Eth: Ethernet

ETR: ETSI Technical Report

ETS: European Telecommunication Standard

ETSI: European Telecommunications Standards Institute

ETX: Embedded Technology eXtended

Exy: Projected or implemented values for the Samsung Exynos chipset phones sup-
porting ICD v4.90

F
Factory Image: Image that contains Windows and Diversity software that SwissQual
has pre-configured

FER: Frame Erasure Ratio

File, Measurement File, Log File: Contains all the logged information between the
start and the stop of a measurement execution.
All the data from a file are assigned to sessions. We differentiate between A-side and
B-side files.

FME: Feature Manipulation Engine

FMK: Freerider Mounting Kit

FR: Full Rate

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 452

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Glossary

FR3: Freerider III

FR3-BP: FreeRider III Backpack

FR3-CORE: FreeRider III Core Unit

FW: Firmware

G
GLORIS: GLObal Rohde & Schwarz Information System

GMSK: Gaussian Minimum Shift Keying (modulation)

GOB: Good or Better

GPS: Global Positioning System

GSM: Global System for Mobile communications

GSM MS: GSM Mobile Station

H
HANDO: Handover

HDD: Hard Disk Drive

HDLC: High level Data Link Control

HR: Half Rate

HTTP: Hypertext Transfer Protocol

HTTPS: HTTP Secure

Hz: Hertz, unit of frequency

I
IATA: International Air Transportation

Idle Session: An Idle session contains all data that are not allocated to either a data
session or a call session. For example, the data between two calls or that data before
the first data session.

IEC: International Electro-technical Commission

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 453

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Glossary

IPC: Industrial PC

ISDN: Integrated Services Digital Network

ISO: International Organization for Standardization

ITU: International Telecommunication Union

J
JLR: Junction Loudness Rating

K
kB/s: kilo Bytes per second

KPI: Key Performance Indicator

L
LAN: Local Area Network

Land Unit: Diversity Call Server, which is a computer that controls PSTN / ISDN
phone lines or the B-Side mobile phones in a video call test.

LED: Light Emitting Diode

LU: Land Unit

Diversity Call Server, which is a computer that controls PSTN or ISDN phone lines or
the B-Side mobile phones in a video call test.

M
Maintenance Release: An interim patch, usually with minor bug fixes for specific cus-
tomer issues.

MF files: yyyy-mm-dd-hh-mm-ss-tttt-kkkk-ssss-vvvv-A.* for A-side files.

The characters have the following meaning:
yyyy-mm-dd-hh-mm-ss: The timestamp in the filename helps matching and sorting
the files and is of use when the timestamp of the file system is lost, for example, when
using FTP
tttt: Task ID (as used in NQTM)
kkkk: Customer ID (from the license key of the A-Side)
ssss: System ID (from the license key of the A-Side), Unique per Operating System
Instance (PC, PCM, Symbian Device...), but only per Customer.
vvvv: Device ID (as used in NQTM) of the A-Side

MIMO: Multiple Input Multiple Output

MLVP: Mobile Low Profile Vertical Antennas

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 454

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Glossary

MNT: Mobile Network Testing

MOS: Mean Opinion Score

MRP: Mouth Reference Point

MSC: Mobile-services Switching Center, Mobile Switching Center

N
New version or Major Release: A major software release from SwissQual that
updates the entire Diversity software platform. The version number of a major release
ends with 0, for example, 18.0.0.0 or 18.0.

NQAgent: NetQual Agent

NQComm: Diversity Communication Module

NQDI: Network Quality Database Interface

SwissQual post-processing tool for measurement files

NQView: SwissQual tool for configuring and observing measurements

NQWatchdog: NetQual Watchdog Application

O
OLAP: Online Analytical Processing

OMBC: Office Multiple Bay Charger

OPS: Office Power Supply

OSI: Open System Interconnection

P
PABX: Private Automatic Branch eXchange

PCAP: Packet Capture file

PCM: PC Module (Diversity Benchmarker)

PDD: Post Dial Delay

PDN: Public Data Networks

PMW: Diversity Phone Mounting Wall

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 455

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Glossary

Houses and power 4 RF unmodified smartphones

POW: Poor or Worse

PSPDN: Packet Switched Public Data Network

PSTN: Public Switched Telephone Network

Q
QC: Available in general with the current Qualcomm chipset phones

QoE: Quality of Experience

QoS: Quality of Service

QP RCS: QualiPoc Remote Control Shell

QR Code: Quick Response Code

QualiPoc Files: A QualiPoc file has the extension mf.

R
RAID: Redundant Arrays of Independent Disks

RCM: RF Power Splitter/Combiners

Reference Image: Backup image file that is created by you or a SwissQual CPM that
contains your custom settings and drivers.

RF: Radio Frequency

RLR: Receive Loudness Rating

RXLEV: Received signal level

RXQUAL: Received Signal Quality

S
S/W: Software

Session: A session can either be a call session, a data session or an idle session.
SwissQual distinguishes between the following types of sessions: IDLE, CALL , and
DATA
All data from a measurement file will be divided into one of these types of sessions.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 456

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Glossary

A session is the duration of a measurement call from the dial command until the dis-
connect/release. For voice calls, the session type is CALL
A session can also be a GPRS/UMTS data test (like an FTP transmission). Then, the
session type is DATA
A session is also the time between two calls or between two data transmissions (ses-
sion type = IDLE).

Setup Time: Time between the start of a dial command until the successful detection
of a connection to the B-side (CC: CONN_ACK in case of ISDN, activity detection in
case of analogue PSTN

SIM: Subscriber Identity Module

SLA: Service Level Agreement

SLR: Send Loudness Rating

SN: Serial Number

SQL: Structured Query Language

SQZ files: yyyy-mm-dd-hh-mm-ss-tttt-kkkk-ssss-vvvv-A.* for A-side files.

The characters have the following meaning:
yyyy-mm-dd-hh-mm-ss: The timestamp in the filename helps matching and sorting
the files and is of use when the timestamp of the file system is lost, for example, when
using FTP
tttt: Task ID (as used in NQTM)
kkkk: Customer ID (from the license key of the A-Side)
ssss: System ID (from the license key of the A-Side), Unique per Operating System
Instance (PC, PCM, Symbian Device...), but only per Customer.
vvvv: Device ID (as used in NQTM) of the A-Side

SRK: System Rail Kit

SRK-4: System Rail Kit for CMR-4

SS7: Signaling System No. 7

SSAS: Microsoft SQL Server Analysis Services

SSD: Solid State Drive

SSIS: SQL Server Integration Services

SSM: Scanner SlideIn Module

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 457

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Glossary

T
TCM: Test Device Containment Module

TDMA: Time Division Multiple Access

TE: Terminal Equipment

Test: SwissQual test types: Voice, Data, and Video

A test is always assigned to a session. Call Sessions (session type = CALL) can con-
tain tests of the Voice, Circuit Switched Data and Video group. Data Sessions (GPRS/
UMTS Data Sessions, session type = DATA) can contain tests of the Data or Video
group.

Test Id: Unique Identifier for a Test (SQUAD LQ, SQUAD SS, SQUAD NS, DTMF, FTP,
UDP, HTTP, …)

TSME: R&S Radio Frequency Scanner

U
UPS: Uninterruptible Power Supply

UUM12V: Universal Uninterruptible 12V DC Power Supply Module

Optional for in-vehicle use case if the vehicle power net or vehicle battery is too weak

V
V: Volt

VAD: Voice Activity Detector

VCK: Vehicle Cable Kit

VMK: QualiPoc Remote Control Shell Vehicle Mounting Kit

VMP: QualiPoc Remote Control Shell Vehicle Mounting Plate

Voice and Video Call Server: Diversity Call Server, which is a computer that controls
PSTN or ISDN phone lines or the B-Side mobile phones in a video call test.

VQEG: Video Quality Expert Group, an independent international forum for video qual-
ity evaluation metrics

VRB: Vehicle Roof Box

W
W: Watt, unit of power

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 458

SwissQual®...QualiPoc Glossary

Windows Update/Hot Fix: Periodic Microsoft updates to improve Windows system

performance or to repair bugs and security issues.

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 459

 SwissQual®...QualiPoc Index

Index
A Double Ended Call .................................................... 237
Dropbox .................................................................... 306
Access point Email Send and Receive .......................................... 365
Select ........................................................................ 169 Facebook .................................................................. 319
Add FCC SpeedTest ........................................................ 312
Monitor ........................................................................ 44 FTP DL and UL ......................................................... 293
Photo marker .............................................................. 35 HTTP Browser .......................................................... 332
Text marker ................................................................. 35 HTTP Transfer DL and UL ........................................ 295
Text markers during measurement ........................... 162 Idle ............................................................................ 384
Advanced Analysis Instagram .................................................................. 334
Settings ..................................................................... 153 LINE test ................................................................... 359
Advanced forcing Load .......................................................................... 174
Settings ..................................................................... 144 MMS Send and Receive ........................................... 363
Altitude Network Performance ............................................... 343
icon ............................................................................. 69 Ping ........................................................................... 341
Android QA ........................................................................ 14 SMS Send and Receive ............................................ 364
Android RF ........................................................................ 14 Upload ...................................................................... 387
Answering Station Video Call Tests ........................................................ 257
Campaign ................................................................. 255 YouTube Service ....................................................... 287
Diversity Call Server ................................................. 407 Capacity DL/UL
Measurement files .................................................... 417 Single Data Test ........................................................ 298
Modify Diversity Answering Station .......................... 415 Carrier aggregation
apk Technology monitor ..................................................... 56
Update QualiPoc ......................................................... 27 Cell Info banner ................................................................. 35
App Testing Cells
LINE .......................................................................... 346 Icon ............................................................................. 38
WhatsApp ................................................................. 365 Monitor ........................................................................ 55
Clear
B Monitor ........................................................................ 40
Color
B-side Icon ............................................................................. 48
Configuration ............................................................ 426 Scanner Bar chart colors .......................................... 213
B-Side Compass
Configure device in Diversity Supervisor .................. 437 icon ............................................................................. 69
Delete device from Call Server ................................. 441 Compression
Battery Results files .............................................................. 152
Level ......................................................................... 174 Configuration
Level in scanner ........................................................ 216 B-Side smartphone ................................................... 426
BTS Call Server ........................................................ 419, 430
Settings and Information ............................................. 97 Call Server in NQView ...................................... 420, 427
Copy and paste monitor configuration ........................ 49
C Date and Time ............................................................ 27
GPS ............................................................................ 26
Call Server IBflex scanner ........................................................... 203
Add ISDN/PSTN device ............................................ 432 Verify ......................................................................... 424
Answering Station ..................................................... 407 Verify Call Server ...................................................... 435
Configure .................................................. 419, 427, 430 View contents of configuration file .................... 419, 431
Configure offline ................................................ 418, 430 Configure
Create for Speech Double-Ended campaign ............ 249 Call Server ................................................................ 427
Double Ended Call test ............................................. 238 Call Server offline ..............................................418, 430
Multiple systems ....................................................... 444 Mobile Call Server for Freerider III ............................ 437
Verify configuration ........................................... 424, 435 Connect
Call Test Connect IBflex scanner to QualiPoc ......................... 197
Double Ended Call .................................................... 237 Connect TSMA scanner to QualiPoc ........................ 195
Video Call Tests ........................................................ 257 Coverage
Call to Any Number Icon ............................................................................. 38
Single Call Test ......................................................... 256 Monitor ........................................................................ 55
Campaign Create
Answering Station ..................................................... 255 Call Server for Speech Double-Ended campaign ..... 249
Call to Any Number ................................................... 256 Capacity DL/UL test .................................................. 298
Capacity DL/UL ......................................................... 298 Custom monitor ........................................................ 135
Create and run .......................................................... 166 Custom monitor with performance parameters ......... 124
Create Double Ended Call campaign in NQView ......249 Diversity Answering Station ...................................... 407

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 460

 SwissQual®...QualiPoc Index

Double Ended Call campaign in NQView ................. 249 Download

Double Ended Call task in NQView .......................... 251 Icon ............................................................................. 38
Double Ended Call test on phone ............................. 239 Map tiles ..................................................................... 92
Dropbox account ....................................................... 303 Monitor ........................................................................ 56
Dropbox test ............................................................. 306 Dropbox
Email Send and Receive .......................................... 365 Single Data Test ........................................................ 303
Facebook account .................................................... 320 Dropbox test
Facebook test ........................................................... 319 Create account ......................................................... 303
FCC SpeedTest ........................................................ 312 Dropbox Test
FTP DL and UL test .................................................. 293 Create token ............................................................. 306
HTTP Browser .......................................................... 332 DTMF .............................................................................. 426
HTTP Transfer DL and UL ........................................ 295 DWORD
Indoor route ................................................................ 77 Windows Registry key .............................................. 444
Instagram .................................................................. 334
LINE test ................................................................... 359 E
Map floor plans ........................................................... 76
Measurement campaign ........................................... 166 Edit
MMS Send and Receive ........................................... 363 Floor plan .................................................................... 84
Network Performance Test ....................................... 343 Email Send and Receive
Outdoor route .............................................................. 85 Single Data Test ........................................................ 365
Ping ........................................................................... 341 Events
Scan .......................................................................... 199 Icon ............................................................................. 38
Simple floor plan ......................................................... 79 Monitor ........................................................................ 63
SMS Send and Receive ............................................ 364 Export
Text markers ............................................................. 160 iBwave scanner data ........................................ 190, 397
Upload test ................................................................ 387 iBwave survey data ........................................... 188, 395
YouTube Service ....................................................... 287 Measurement files .................................................... 392
CSV QualiPoc configuration settings ................................ 157
Export survey data .................................................... 183 Scanner configuration profile .................................... 217
Customize Scanner survey data ................................................. 215
Cell Info banner .......................................................... 35 Survey data ............................................................... 183
Create custom tag for measurement file ................... 137 External
Create custom workspace ........................................ 133 GPS ............................................................................ 27
Map provider list ......................................................... 88
Map tracking values .................................................... 95 F
Measurement file list ................................................. 140
Measurement file options .......................................... 140 Facebook
Measurement files names ......................................... 137 Create account ......................................................... 320
Monitor ........................................................................ 40 Single Data Test ........................................................ 319
Monitor layout ............................................................. 44 Facebook Test
Radio Technology options ........................................... 41 Monitoring ................................................................. 331
Facebook Watch
D Single data tests ....................................................... 269
FCC Speed Test .............................................................. 312
Date FCC SpeedTest
Configuration .............................................................. 27 Single Data Test ........................................................ 312
Delete Filter
B-Side device from Call Server ................................. 441 Measurement files .................................................... 175
Device support .................................................................. 14 Monitor contents ......................................................... 39
DirecTV Now Firmware ........................................................................... 16
Single data tests ....................................................... 265 Fixed duration tests
Disk space TCP-based ................................................................ 446
Available ................................................................... 174 Floor plan
Diversity Answering Station Create geo-referenced ................................................ 81
Create ....................................................................... 407 Create simple .............................................................. 79
Measurement files .................................................... 417 Edit .............................................................................. 84
Diversity Supervisor Forcing
Device Status panel .................................................. 442 Icon ..................................................................... 35, 142
Remove device ......................................................... 441 Settings ..................................................................... 142
Double Ended Call Freerider III
Call Test .................................................................... 237 Configure B-Side Call Server .................................... 437
Create campaign in NQView .....................................249 Freeze
Create task in NQView ..............................................251 Icon ............................................................................. 35
Create test on phone ................................................ 239 FTP DL and UL
Measurement scenarios ........................................... 238 Single Data Test ........................................................ 293
Start campaign on phone .......................................... 248 FTP Test
Stop campaign on phone .......................................... 248 SSL ........................................................................... 295

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 461

 SwissQual®...QualiPoc Index

G IMS
Settings ..................................................................... 153
Generic video test Indoor floor plans .............................................................. 74
Single data tests ....................................................... 277 Create ......................................................................... 76
Geo-referenced floor plan Indoor route
Create ......................................................................... 81 Create ......................................................................... 77
Google maps ..................................................................... 72 Installation
Google Maps QualiPoc ..................................................................... 16
Change map provider ................................................. 87 Security settings for QualiPoc ..................................... 30
Google Play Software hotfix .......................................................... 442
YouTube App requirements ...................................... 164 IP
Google Play Services Icon ............................................................................. 38
Update ........................................................................ 73 IP Call
GPRS/EDGE Monitor ...................................................................... 105
Data monitor ............................................................... 54 IP Monitor
GPS Settings ..................................................................... 132
Configuration .............................................................. 26 ISDN
External ....................................................................... 27 Add device to Call Server ......................................... 432
GPS accuracy
icon ............................................................................. 69 J
GSM
Layer 3 dwelling time ................................................ 203 Job
Stop .......................................................................... 174
H
L
Help
Videos ......................................................................... 33 Last position update
HERE Maps icon ............................................................................. 69
Change map provider ................................................. 87 Layer 3
HSDPA (Signaling) Monitor ...................................................... 60
Data monitor ............................................................... 54 GSM Layer 3 dwelling time ....................................... 203
HSUPA Layers
Data monitor ............................................................... 54 Map ............................................................................. 75
HTTP Layout
Browser Single Data Test ......................................... 332 Monitor ........................................................................ 44
Transfer DL and UL Single Data Tests ..................... 295 Level
HTTP post Battery ...................................................................... 174
Upload Measurement files ........................................ 182 License
Borrowing licenses ...................................................... 20
I License updates .......................................................... 16
Wibu license ............................................................... 16
IBflex scanner Licenses
Bar chart colors ......................................................... 213 Requesting a license .................................................. 21
Configuration options ................................................ 203 Returning a license ..................................................... 24
Connect to QualiPoc ................................................. 197 LINE
Create scan .............................................................. 199 Messaging tests ........................................................ 346
Export configuration profile ....................................... 217 LINE test
Export scanner survey data ...................................... 215 Create test ................................................................ 359
Get measurement results ......................................... 213 LINE Test
GSM Layer 3 dwelling time ....................................... 203 LINE Receive Test .................................................... 359
LTE MIMO data ......................................................... 206 LINE Send Test ......................................................... 354
LTE Scan Configuration ............................................ 205 Supported use cases ................................................ 347
Monitor data .............................................................. 210 Load
Record and transfer data .......................................... 208 Measurement campaign ........................................... 174
WCDMA parameters ................................................. 204 Location
iBwave Service settings on map ........................................... 101
Export QualiPoc to Mobile apps ....... 188, 190, 395, 397 Log
Map monitor ................................................................ 74 Icon ............................................................................. 38
Mobile ............................................................... 186, 393 Monitor ........................................................................ 52
Icon LTE
Change color .............................................................. 48 IBflex MIMO data ...................................................... 206
Idle IBflex scan configuration ........................................... 205
Test ........................................................................... 384 MCS index .................................................................. 59
Import MIMO 4x4 ................................................................... 60
iBwave floor plan .............................................. 186, 394 Monitor ........................................................................ 56
QualiPoc configuration settings ................................ 159
Text markers ............................................................. 161

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 462

 SwissQual®...QualiPoc Index

LTE DL Create custom monitor with performance parameters

Data monitor ............................................................... 54 .................................................................................. 124
Monitor ........................................................................ 57 Custom layout ............................................................. 44
LTE UL Customize ................................................................... 40
Data monitor ............................................................... 54 Download .................................................................... 56
Events ......................................................................... 63
M Filter contents ............................................................. 39
IP ................................................................................ 62
Manage IP Call ....................................................................... 105
Measurement files .................................................... 175 Layer 3 (Signaling) ...................................................... 60
Map Log .............................................................................. 52
Change location .......................................................... 94 LTE ..............................................................................56
Change provider ......................................................... 87 LTE DL ........................................................................ 57
Context menu ............................................................. 70 LTE DL, LTE UL, HSDPA, HSUPA, GPRS/EDGE ...... 54
Google Maps and Open Street Map ........................... 72 Map ............................................................................. 68
icon ............................................................................. 69 Scanner ...................................................................... 51
Icon ............................................................................. 38 Scanner data ............................................................ 210
Indoor floor plans ........................................................ 74 Signaling ..................................................................... 60
Layers ......................................................................... 75 Site Acceptance ........................................................ 109
Location service settings .......................................... 101 Status .......................................................................... 52
Monitor ........................................................................ 68 Technology .................................................................. 53
Outdoor maps ............................................................. 72 Test ............................................................................. 52
Settings ............................................................... 71, 129 View detailed information ............................................ 32
Tile Cache ................................................................... 90 VoLTE ....................................................................... 105
Types .......................................................................... 72 Wi-Fi ......................................................................... 102
Update Google Play services ..................................... 73 Wi-Fi Scan ................................................................ 103
Waypoints ................................................................... 78 Monitoring
Map provider ..................................................................... 87 Facebook test ........................................................... 331
Customize list ............................................................. 88 Monitors
Map tiles Descriptions ................................................................ 37
Download .................................................................... 92 Multiple systems
Maximum throughput Call Server ................................................................ 444
Settings ..................................................................... 153
MCS Index ........................................................................ 59 N
Measurement campaign
Load .......................................................................... 174 Netflix
Measurement files Single data tests ....................................................... 280
Add custom file name tag ......................................... 138 Network Performance
Automatically upload to server .................................. 181 Single Data Tests ...................................................... 343
Create custom file name tag ..................................... 137 Notifications
Customize list ........................................................... 140 Icon ............................................................................. 38
Customize names ..................................................... 137 Settings ..................................................................... 141
Customize options .................................................... 140 NQDI
Diversity Answering Station ...................................... 417 Analyzing measurement data ................................... 402
Export ....................................................................... 392 NQView
Location .................................................................... 390 Configure Call Server ....................... 419, 420, 427, 430
Manage ..................................................................... 175
Post-processing ........................................................ 402 O
Replay in NQView ..................................................... 401
Replay on phone ....................................................... 391 Open Street Map ............................................................... 72
Measurement job Change map provider ................................................. 87
Stop .......................................................................... 174 Operation mode
Menus ............................................................................... 33 Unit configuration ...................................................... 148
Actions ........................................................................ 34 Outdoor floor plans
Messages Create ......................................................................... 76
SIP ............................................................................ 108 Outdoor maps ................................................................... 72
MIMO 4x4 .......................................................................... 60 Outdoor route
MMS Send and Receive Create ......................................................................... 85
Single Data Tests ...................................................... 363 Over the air
Mobile network Update QualiPoc ......................................................... 27
Update QualiPoc ......................................................... 27
Monitor P
Add ............................................................................. 44
Cells ............................................................................ 55 Packet capture
Copy and paste configuration ..................................... 49 Enable ....................................................................... 169
Coverage .................................................................... 55 Packets
Create custom monitor ............................................. 135 RTP ........................................................................... 106

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 463

 SwissQual®...QualiPoc Index

Parameters Notifications .............................................................. 141

RTP ........................................................................... 107 QualiPoc update ....................................................... 165
PDP Screen timeout .......................................................... 156
Context information ..................................................... 54 Signaling ................................................................... 131
Ping Test ........................................................................... 167
Single Data Tests ...................................................... 341 Text markers ............................................................. 160
Post-processing Unit configuration ...................................................... 148
Measurement files .................................................... 402 Signaling
Software ...................................................................... 15 Monitor ........................................................................ 60
PSTN Settings ..................................................................... 131
Add device to Call Server ......................................... 432 Signalling
Icon ............................................................................. 38
Q Single Call Test
Call to Any Number ................................................... 256
Qualcomm Single data test
Trace data settings ................................................... 153 DirecTV Now ............................................................. 265
QualiPoc Facebook Watch ....................................................... 269
Menus ......................................................................... 33 Generic video test ..................................................... 277
Start ............................................................................ 31 Netflix ........................................................................ 280
Update ........................................................................ 27 Single Data Test
Workspace .................................................................. 31 Capacity DL/UL ......................................................... 298
Dropbox .................................................................... 303
R Email Send and Receive .......................................... 365
Facebook .................................................................. 319
Replay FCC SpeedTest ........................................................ 312
Measurement files in NQView ...................................401 FTP DL and UL ........................................................ 293
Measurement files on phone .................................... 391 HTTP Browser .......................................................... 332
Results HTTP Transfer DL and UL ........................................ 295
Transfer scanner results ........................................... 213 Instagram .................................................................. 334
Results files MMS Send and Receive ........................................... 363
Compression options ................................................ 152 Network Performance ............................................... 343
RTP Ping ........................................................................... 341
Packets ..................................................................... 106 SMS Send and Receive ............................................ 364
Parameters ............................................................... 107 YouTube Service ....................................................... 287
Run SIP
Double Ended Call campaign in NQView ................. 249 Messages ................................................................. 108
Double Ended Call task in NQView .......................... 251 Site Acceptance
Double Ended Call test on phone ............................. 239 Icon ............................................................................. 38
Measurement campaign ........................................... 166 Monitor ...................................................................... 109
Smartphone
S Configure as B-Side .................................................. 426
SMS Send and Receive
Scanner
Single Data Tests ...................................................... 364
Bar chart colors ......................................................... 213
Software
Configuration options IBflex scanner ........................ 203
Post-processing .......................................................... 15
Connect IBflex scanner to QualiPoc ......................... 197
Software hotfix
Connect TSMA scanner to QualiPoc ........................ 195
Install ........................................................................ 442
Create scan .............................................................. 199
Speed
Export configuration profile ....................................... 217
icon ............................................................................. 69
Export survey data .................................................... 215
SQUALUpdater.exe .........................................................444
Get measurement results ......................................... 213
SSL
Monitor ........................................................................ 51
FTP Test ................................................................... 295
Monitor scanner data ................................................ 210
Start
Record and transfer data .......................................... 208
Double Ended Call campaign on phone ................... 248
Screenshot
QualiPoc ..................................................................... 31
Icon ............................................................................. 35
States
Security
Device states on Device Status panel ...................... 442
Settings for QualiPoc .................................................. 30
Status
Settings
Icon ............................................................................. 38
Advanced Analysis ................................................... 153
Monitor ........................................................................ 52
Advanced forcing ...................................................... 144
Stop
BTS ............................................................................. 97
Double Ended Call campaign on phone ................... 248
Customization ........................................................... 133
Measurement job ...................................................... 174
Forcing ...................................................................... 142
Survey data
Import and Export QualiPoc configuration settings ... 156
Export ....................................................................... 183
IP Monitor ................................................................. 132
Map ..................................................................... 71, 129

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 464

 SwissQual®...QualiPoc Index

T V
Tag setups Verify
Create ....................................................................... 137 Call Server configuration .................................. 424, 435
Select ........................................................................ 138 Video Call Tests
Task Video Call to Answering Station ................................260
Create Double Ended Call task in NQView ...............251 Video Call to Any Number .........................................262
TCP Video Double Ended Call .......................................... 259
Fixed duration tests .................................................. 446 VoLTE
Technology Monitor ...................................................................... 105
Icon ............................................................................. 38 VoWifi .............................................................................. 153
Monitor ........................................................................ 53
Technology forcing W
Enable ....................................................................... 142
Enable advanced ...................................................... 145 Waypoints
Technology monitor Map ............................................................................. 78
Carrier aggregation ..................................................... 56 WCDMA
Test IBflex parameters ...................................................... 204
Create Double Ended Call test on phone ................. 239 WhatsApp
Icon ............................................................................. 38 WhatsApp messaging test ........................................ 365
Monitor ........................................................................ 52 WhatsApp messaging test
Settings ..................................................................... 167 Current implementation ............................................ 366
Text markers Supported use cases ................................................ 366
Add during measurement ......................................... 162 Text message and photo tests .................................. 372
Create ....................................................................... 160 WhatsApp NQDI results ............................................ 380
Import ........................................................................ 161 WhatsApp receive test .............................................. 378
Theme WhatsApp send test .................................................. 373
Change appearance ................................................. 156 WhatsApp Messaging Test
Tile Cache ......................................................................... 90 WhatsApp Recommendations .................................. 380
Time WhatsApp Speech Test ................................................... 256
Configuration .............................................................. 27 Wi-Fi
Token Icon ............................................................................. 38
Dropbox .................................................................... 306 Monitor ...................................................................... 102
Facebook .................................................................. 320 Update QualiPoc ......................................................... 27
TSMA Window timings ............................................................... 170
Bar chart colors ......................................................... 213 Windows Registry
Create scan .............................................................. 199 Configure B-Side device ........................................... 426
Export configuration profile ....................................... 217 Windows Registry key
Export scanner survey data ...................................... 215 DWORD .................................................................... 444
Get measurement results ......................................... 213 Workspace ........................................................................ 31
Monitor scanner data ................................................ 210 Customize ................................................................. 133
Record and transfer data .......................................... 208
TSMA scanner Y
Connect to QualiPoc ................................................. 195
YouTube App version
U Set ............................................................................ 163
YouTube Service
UARFCN Single Data Tests ...................................................... 287
Set preferred on map ................................................ 101
Unit configuration Z
Operation mode ........................................................ 148
Settings ..................................................................... 148 Zoom Level
YouTube App version ................................................ 163 icon ............................................................................. 69
Update
Settings ..................................................................... 165
Updating
QualiPoc ..................................................................... 16
QualiPoc through a mobile or Wi-Fi network .............. 27
QualiPoc through a USB connection .......................... 29
Upload
Icon ............................................................................. 38
Measurement files to server ..................................... 181
Test ........................................................................... 387
USB
Update QualiPoc ......................................................... 29

Manual 7825476226 ─ 18.0 465